[debian-edu-commits] debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git (#401) - wheezy (branch) updated: 1.0_20080215-4-g3dbeed0
David Prévot
taffit at alioth.debian.org
Sat Oct 5 12:17:21 UTC 2013
The branch, wheezy has been updated
via 3dbeed083d99cdf24a35cfdffa01c3526c23102f (commit)
from 624705b946cb10b954e0033133416beb3f250e75 (commit)
Those revisions listed above that are new to this repository have
not appeared on any other notification email; so we list those
revisions in full, below.
- Log -----------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary of changes:
debian/changelog | 5 +-
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po | 570 +++----
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po | 551 +++----
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po | 685 ++++----
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po | 1748 +++++++++++----------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot | 531 ++++---
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml | 64 +-
7 files changed, 2193 insertions(+), 1961 deletions(-)
The diff of changes is:
diff --git a/debian/changelog b/debian/changelog
index e5bbc54..bcf2772 100644
--- a/debian/changelog
+++ b/debian/changelog
@@ -1,8 +1,9 @@
debian-edu-doc (1.0~20080216) UNRELEASED; urgency=low
- * [no changes yet]
+ * release manual: updated source from the wiki
+ * release manual: updated bokmal and italien translations
- -- Holger Levsen <holger at debian.org> Fri, 15 Feb 2008 19:43:09 +0100
+ -- Holger Levsen <holger at debian.org> Wed, 27 Feb 2008 22:15:02 +0100
debian-edu-doc (1.0~20080215) terra; urgency=low
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
index e779ba8..1964b30 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-15 10:13+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-27 20:52+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-02-15 00:29+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Roland F.Teichert <rfteichert at imail.de>\n"
"Language-Team: Deutsch <de at li.org>\n"
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2493
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2501
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Anleitung zum Release von Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-15</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-27</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Dieses Dokument wurde am <computeroutput>2008-02-06</computeroutput> in das "
"Paket <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> gepackt."
@@ -1436,8 +1436,8 @@ msgstr ""
"keinen Gedanken machen. Das wird sicher funktionieren. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1471 release-manual.xml:2243
-#: release-manual.xml:2278 release-manual.xml:2347
+#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1471 release-manual.xml:2249
+#: release-manual.xml:2284 release-manual.xml:2353
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -1661,7 +1661,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Zahlungsweise mitteilen. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1888
+#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1890
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
@@ -2771,8 +2771,8 @@ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:921 release-manual.xml:954 release-manual.xml:990
#: release-manual.xml:1086 release-manual.xml:1724 release-manual.xml:1831
-#: release-manual.xml:1856 release-manual.xml:1863 release-manual.xml:2196
-#: release-manual.xml:2210 release-manual.xml:2225
+#: release-manual.xml:1856 release-manual.xml:1863 release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2216 release-manual.xml:2231
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
@@ -2918,9 +2918,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:981
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput>"
-"does not modify the permissions one machine (or the users "
+"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup </"
+"computeroutput> does not modify the permissions one machine (or the users "
"logged into that machine) has on accessing files or programs on the server. "
"It is more that it restricts the services a machine can use on your main-"
"server."
@@ -2964,9 +2965,9 @@ msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to configure workstations and ldap-servers "
"properly with lwat, or you users can't access their homedirs."
msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Sie sollten nicht vergessen die Desktoprechner und LDAP-Server mit LWAT "
-"konfigurieren, sonst können die Benutzer nicht auf ihre Heimverzeichnisse "
-"zugreifen."
+"</inlinemediaobject> Sie sollten nicht vergessen die Desktoprechner und LDAP-"
+"Server mit LWAT konfigurieren, sonst können die Benutzer nicht auf ihre "
+"Heimverzeichnisse zugreifen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:995
@@ -3354,9 +3355,9 @@ msgid ""
"nagios.org/'>http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> or in the "
"<computeroutput>nagios2-doc </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
-"Informationen über Nagios können unter <ulink url='http://www.nagios.org/'>"
-"http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> oder in dem Paket"
-"<computeroutput>nagios2-doc </computeroutput> gefunden werden."
+"Informationen über Nagios können unter <ulink url='http://www.nagios."
+"org/'>http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> oder in dem "
+"Paket<computeroutput>nagios2-doc </computeroutput> gefunden werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1141
@@ -4738,12 +4739,12 @@ msgid "XXX This need to be completed and tested."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1626 release-manual.xml:2143 release-manual.xml:2251
+#: release-manual.xml:1626 release-manual.xml:2149 release-manual.xml:2257
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr "HowTos von wiki.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1628 release-manual.xml:2145 release-manual.xml:2253
+#: release-manual.xml:1628 release-manual.xml:2151 release-manual.xml:2259
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
@@ -4947,7 +4948,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sich auf dem Server als root ein und führen sie die folgenden Befehle aus:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1727 release-manual.xml:2228
+#: release-manual.xml:1727 release-manual.xml:2234
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -5290,7 +5291,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1884
+#: release-manual.xml:1886
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -5298,19 +5299,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1887
+#: release-manual.xml:1889
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1893
+#: release-manual.xml:1895
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1894
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -5320,12 +5321,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1897
+#: release-manual.xml:1901
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1904
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -5335,22 +5336,22 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1901
+#: release-manual.xml:1907
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1906
+#: release-manual.xml:1912
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1910
+#: release-manual.xml:1916
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1912
+#: release-manual.xml:1918
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -5359,36 +5360,36 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1914
+#: release-manual.xml:1920
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1922
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1918
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1924
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
-"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
+"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing, a user with that "
"membership needs to be added (for more information see <link to lwat "
"docu>). The user \"root\" will <emphasis role='strong'>not </emphasis> work, "
"because there is no password for root in Samba."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1923
+#: release-manual.xml:1929
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1925
+#: release-manual.xml:1931
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -5400,27 +5401,27 @@ msgid ""
"to join the domain."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1929
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1935
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
-"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
+"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930
+#: release-manual.xml:1936
msgid ""
-"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
+"It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1933
+#: release-manual.xml:1939
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1934
+#: release-manual.xml:1940
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -5434,7 +5435,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1937
+#: release-manual.xml:1943
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -5444,23 +5445,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1941
+#: release-manual.xml:1947
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1943
+#: release-manual.xml:1949
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
-"available in Windows eg for netlogon scripts or other group dependant "
+"available in Windows, eg for netlogon scripts or other group dependant "
"actions, you can add them using variations of the following command. Samba "
"will function without these groupmaps, but Windows machines won't be group "
"aware."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1947
+#: release-manual.xml:1953
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -5470,12 +5471,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1956
+#: release-manual.xml:1962
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1958
+#: release-manual.xml:1964
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -5484,181 +5485,180 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1963
+#: release-manual.xml:1969
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1965
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1971
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
-"desktop icons, screen colors, mouse settings, window size and position, "
-"application configurations and network and printer connections. Roaming "
-"profiles are available wherever the user logs on, provided the server is "
-"available."
+"desktop icons and menus, screen colors, mouse settings, window size and "
+"position, application configurations and network and printer connections. "
+"Roaming profiles are available wherever the user logs on, provided the "
+"server is available."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1967
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1973
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
-"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
+"copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make windows "
"login/logout painfully slow. There can be many reasons for a large profile, "
"but the most common problems is that users save their files on the windows "
-"desktop or in my documents instead of in their homedir. Also some badly "
-"designed programs use the profile for scratch space, and other data."
+"desktop or in the My Documents folder instead of in their homedir. Also some "
+"badly designed programs use the profile for scratch space, and other data."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1969
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1975
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
-"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
-"not to store huge files on the desktop and if they fail to listen it's their "
-"own fault when login is slow."
+"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
+"deal with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. Tell "
+"them not to store huge files on the desktop and if they fail to listen it's "
+"their own fault when login is slow."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1972
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1978
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
+"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
"parts to regular file storage. This moves the work load from the users to "
-"the administrator, while adding the complexity of the installation. There "
-"are atlest three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming "
-"profile."
+"the administrator, while adding complexity to the installation. There are at "
+"least three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming profile."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1977 release-manual.xml:2060
+#: release-manual.xml:1983 release-manual.xml:2066
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1979
-msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1985
+msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
-msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
+#: release-manual.xml:1986
+msgid "Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1982
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1988
msgid ""
-"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
+"Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
"semicolon separated string of directories to exclude from the profile, the "
-"directories are internationalize and must be written in your own language "
+"directories are internationalized and must be written in your own language "
"the way they are in the profile. Example of directories to exclude are"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1983
+#: release-manual.xml:1989
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1984
+#: release-manual.xml:1990
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1985 release-manual.xml:1988
+#: release-manual.xml:1991 release-manual.xml:1994
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1986
+#: release-manual.xml:1992
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1987
+#: release-manual.xml:1993
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1991
+#: release-manual.xml:1997
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1993
+#: release-manual.xml:1999
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1995
+#: release-manual.xml:2001
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2003 release-manual.xml:2076 release-manual.xml:2101
+#: release-manual.xml:2009 release-manual.xml:2082 release-manual.xml:2107
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2005
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2011
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
"This would have the advantage of working almost instantly on all machines. "
"But is unfortunatly not as easy as it sounds. And you can quite easily lock "
"yourself out of your windows machines. If you have experience with this "
-"please elaborate here... FIXME"
+"please elaborate here..."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2010
+#: release-manual.xml:2016
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2012
+#: release-manual.xml:2018
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2013
+#: release-manual.xml:2019
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2015
+#: release-manual.xml:2021
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2019
+#: release-manual.xml:2025
msgid ""
"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2023
+#: release-manual.xml:2029
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2026
+#: release-manual.xml:2032
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2029
+#: release-manual.xml:2035
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -5666,17 +5666,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2031
+#: release-manual.xml:2037
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Quellen:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2054
+#: release-manual.xml:2060
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2056
+#: release-manual.xml:2062
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5686,7 +5686,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2062
+#: release-manual.xml:2068
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -5695,7 +5695,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2064
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -5703,35 +5703,35 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2066
+#: release-manual.xml:2072
msgid ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2069
+#: release-manual.xml:2075
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2078
+#: release-manual.xml:2084
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2084
+#: release-manual.xml:2090
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2088
+#: release-manual.xml:2094
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2090
+#: release-manual.xml:2096
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5739,29 +5739,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2092
+#: release-manual.xml:2098
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2094
+#: release-manual.xml:2100
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2103
+#: release-manual.xml:2109
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2108
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr "Die Samba Konfiguration verändern"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2110
+#: release-manual.xml:2116
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5771,7 +5771,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2113
+#: release-manual.xml:2119
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5783,12 +5783,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2122
+#: release-manual.xml:2128
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr "Remote Desktops mit RDP, VNC, NX oder Citrix"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2124
+#: release-manual.xml:2130
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -5799,7 +5799,7 @@ msgstr ""
"als auch von Linux aus."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2126
+#: release-manual.xml:2132
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5809,7 +5809,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Paket."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2130
+#: release-manual.xml:2136
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5819,7 +5819,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> Paket."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2133
+#: release-manual.xml:2139
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5831,7 +5831,7 @@ msgstr ""
"seit 2005 den Zugriff per NX an. Diese empfinden die Lösung als sehr stabil."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2135
+#: release-manual.xml:2141
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
@@ -5841,17 +5841,17 @@ msgstr ""
"zuzugreifen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2161
+#: release-manual.xml:2167
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr "HowTos für Lehren und Lernen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2167
+#: release-manual.xml:2173
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr "Moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2169
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
@@ -5860,7 +5860,7 @@ msgstr ""
"root aus um Moodle zu installieren."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2172
+#: release-manual.xml:2178
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -5871,12 +5871,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2174
+#: release-manual.xml:2180
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2176
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
"information on Moodle."
@@ -5885,12 +5885,12 @@ msgstr ""
"mehr zu Moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2182
+#: release-manual.xml:2188
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr "Schüler kontrollieren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184
+#: release-manual.xml:2190
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
@@ -5899,7 +5899,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Schüler zu beaufsichtigen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2192
msgid ""
"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
"index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
@@ -5909,12 +5909,12 @@ msgstr ""
"index.php?title=Main_Page'>hier</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2189
+#: release-manual.xml:2195
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2192
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -5924,26 +5924,26 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2199
+#: release-manual.xml:2205
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2205
+#: release-manual.xml:2211
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2207
+#: release-manual.xml:2213
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2213
+#: release-manual.xml:2219
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -5951,12 +5951,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2219
+#: release-manual.xml:2225
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr "swi-prolog auf Etch installieren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2221
+#: release-manual.xml:2227
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -5967,7 +5967,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installieren."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2233
+#: release-manual.xml:2239
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -5987,7 +5987,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2241
+#: release-manual.xml:2247
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -5996,7 +5996,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2256
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -6007,22 +6007,22 @@ msgstr ""
"aber interessant"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2265
+#: release-manual.xml:2271
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Helfen sie mit"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2269
+#: release-manual.xml:2275
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr "Lassen sie uns wissen dass es sie gibt"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2272
+#: release-manual.xml:2278
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2277
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -6035,7 +6035,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Hilfe.<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: release-manual.xml:2289
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -6053,12 +6053,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> zur Verfügung."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2289
+#: release-manual.xml:2295
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Lokale Helfer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2291
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -6069,7 +6069,7 @@ msgstr ""
"den Niederlanden, Japan und noch an vielen andren Orten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2293
+#: release-manual.xml:2299
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -6080,12 +6080,12 @@ msgstr ""
"und <emphasis>Unterstützt </emphasis> zwei Seiten der gleichen Münze sind."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2300
+#: release-manual.xml:2306
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Globale Helfer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2302
+#: release-manual.xml:2308
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
@@ -6095,7 +6095,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mit einem andern Thema."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2305
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -6108,7 +6108,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Leben statt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2308
+#: release-manual.xml:2314
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -6119,12 +6119,12 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-commits'>commit Mailingliste </ulink> einzuschreiben."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2314
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "Verfasser der Dokumentation und Übersetzer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2316
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -6137,7 +6137,7 @@ msgstr ""
"uns helfen indem sie den entsprechenden Text um ihr Wissen ergänzen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2318
+#: release-manual.xml:2324
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
@@ -6154,7 +6154,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.no/UserPreferences'>create a wiki user </ulink> machen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2322
+#: release-manual.xml:2328
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -6167,22 +6167,22 @@ msgstr ""
"dieses Buches. Bitte helfen sie uns dieses Buch zu übersetzen!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2328
+#: release-manual.xml:2334
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Support auf Freiwilligenbasis"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2336
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
msgid "in English"
msgstr "auf Englisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2342
+#: release-manual.xml:2348
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -6193,7 +6193,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - Supportmailingliste"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2346
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -6203,12 +6203,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Entwicklungsbezogen. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2357
+#: release-manual.xml:2363
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "auf Norwegisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2359
+#: release-manual.xml:2365
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -6219,7 +6219,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - Supportmailingliste"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2363
+#: release-manual.xml:2369
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -6232,17 +6232,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Norwegen (FRSIK)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2372
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr "#skolelinux auf irc.debian.org - IRC Channel für norwegische Nuzter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2372
+#: release-manual.xml:2378
msgid "in German"
msgstr "auf Deutsch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2374
+#: release-manual.xml:2380
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
@@ -6251,7 +6251,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - Mailingliste für Support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2378
+#: release-manual.xml:2384
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
@@ -6260,19 +6260,19 @@ msgstr ""
"Wiki mit vielen HowTos und ähnlichem."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2381
+#: release-manual.xml:2387
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux.de auf irc.debian.org - IRC Channel zur Unterstützung deutscher "
"Benutzung"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2387
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid "in French"
msgstr "auf Französisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2395
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
@@ -6281,12 +6281,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - Mailingliste für Support"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2397
+#: release-manual.xml:2403
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "auf Spanisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2399
+#: release-manual.xml:2405
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
@@ -6295,12 +6295,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Das spanische Skolelinuxportal"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2408
+#: release-manual.xml:2414
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Professioneller Support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2410
+#: release-manual.xml:2416
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -6312,12 +6312,18 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2417
+#: release-manual.xml:2423
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright und Autoren"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2425
+msgid ""
+"# copyright is not a verb, its a noun. someone holds the copyright on a work."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2419
+#: release-manual.xml:2427
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
@@ -6335,7 +6341,7 @@ msgstr ""
"der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version lizenziert. Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2421
+#: release-manual.xml:2429
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -6348,12 +6354,12 @@ msgstr ""
"lizensieren Sie es unter der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2427
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright und Autoren der Übersetzung"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2429
+#: release-manual.xml:2437
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -6362,7 +6368,7 @@ msgstr ""
"und wurde unter der GPL2 oder später lizenziert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2431
+#: release-manual.xml:2439
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"(2007) and Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008) and is released under the GPL2 or "
@@ -6373,7 +6379,7 @@ msgstr ""
"der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version lizenziert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2433
+#: release-manual.xml:2441
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
@@ -6386,7 +6392,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Hatje (2008) und ist unter der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version lizenziert. "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2435
+#: release-manual.xml:2443
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -6396,12 +6402,12 @@ msgstr ""
"lizenziert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2440
+#: release-manual.xml:2448
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Übersetzungen dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2442
+#: release-manual.xml:2450
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
@@ -6411,12 +6417,12 @@ msgstr ""
"unvollständige Übersetzungen in das norwegische Bokmål, Spanisch und Deutsch."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2446
+#: release-manual.xml:2454
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Anleitung zum Übersetzen dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2448
+#: release-manual.xml:2456
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -6431,7 +6437,7 @@ msgstr ""
"translations </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2451
+#: release-manual.xml:2459
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -6447,7 +6453,7 @@ msgstr ""
"debian-edu-doc ein."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2455
+#: release-manual.xml:2463
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -6459,7 +6465,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>subversion </computeroutput> installiert sein muss:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2459
+#: release-manual.xml:2467
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -6468,7 +6474,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2464
+#: release-manual.xml:2472
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -6481,7 +6487,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>kbabel </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2468
+#: release-manual.xml:2476
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
@@ -6491,7 +6497,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Mailingliste senden."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2470
+#: release-manual.xml:2478
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
@@ -6501,12 +6507,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Verzeichnis:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2473
+#: release-manual.xml:2481
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2478
+#: release-manual.xml:2486
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -6517,23 +6523,23 @@ msgstr ""
"Sprache erzeugt bzw. eine bestehende ergänzt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2480
+#: release-manual.xml:2488
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Bitte melden sie Fehler."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2486
+#: release-manual.xml:2494
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Anhang A - The GNU Public Licence"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2489
+#: release-manual.xml:2497
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr "Für Übersetzer: Die GPL muss nicht übersetzt werden. ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2495
+#: release-manual.xml:2503
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -6546,7 +6552,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\">Copyrightkapitel</link> verweisen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#: release-manual.xml:2506
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -6559,7 +6565,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any later version."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -6572,7 +6578,7 @@ msgstr ""
"more details."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2502
+#: release-manual.xml:2510
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -6583,17 +6589,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2507
+#: release-manual.xml:2515
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2509
+#: release-manual.xml:2517
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr "Version 2, June 1991"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2511
+#: release-manual.xml:2519
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -6606,12 +6612,12 @@ msgstr ""
"allowed."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2516
+#: release-manual.xml:2524
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2518
+#: release-manual.xml:2526
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -6634,7 +6640,7 @@ msgstr ""
"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2521
+#: release-manual.xml:2529
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -6651,7 +6657,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Program does."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -6670,7 +6676,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2526
+#: release-manual.xml:2534
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
@@ -6679,7 +6685,7 @@ msgstr ""
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2528
+#: release-manual.xml:2536
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -6692,7 +6698,7 @@ msgstr ""
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2531
+#: release-manual.xml:2539
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -6703,7 +6709,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any change."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2534
+#: release-manual.xml:2542
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -6716,7 +6722,7 @@ msgstr ""
"all third parties under the terms of this License"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2537
+#: release-manual.xml:2545
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -6741,7 +6747,7 @@ msgstr ""
"print an announcement.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2542
+#: release-manual.xml:2550
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -6764,7 +6770,7 @@ msgstr ""
"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2544
+#: release-manual.xml:2552
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -6777,7 +6783,7 @@ msgstr ""
"based on the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2546
+#: release-manual.xml:2554
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -6790,7 +6796,7 @@ msgstr ""
"License."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2548
+#: release-manual.xml:2556
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -6803,7 +6809,7 @@ msgstr ""
"also do one of the following:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2551
+#: release-manual.xml:2559
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -6816,7 +6822,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2554
+#: release-manual.xml:2562
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -6833,7 +6839,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2557
+#: release-manual.xml:2565
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -6848,7 +6854,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2562
+#: release-manual.xml:2570
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -6871,7 +6877,7 @@ msgstr ""
"component itself accompanies the executable."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2564
+#: release-manual.xml:2572
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -6886,7 +6892,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the object code."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2566
+#: release-manual.xml:2574
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -6905,7 +6911,7 @@ msgstr ""
"as such parties remain in full compliance."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2569
+#: release-manual.xml:2577
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -6926,7 +6932,7 @@ msgstr ""
"or works based on it."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2572
+#: release-manual.xml:2580
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -6945,7 +6951,7 @@ msgstr ""
"this License."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2575
+#: release-manual.xml:2583
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -6974,7 +6980,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribution of the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2578
+#: release-manual.xml:2586
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -6985,7 +6991,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2580
+#: release-manual.xml:2588
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -7008,7 +7014,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licensee cannot impose that choice."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2582
+#: release-manual.xml:2590
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
@@ -7017,7 +7023,7 @@ msgstr ""
"consequence of the rest of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2584
+#: release-manual.xml:2592
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -7036,7 +7042,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2587
+#: release-manual.xml:2595
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -7049,7 +7055,7 @@ msgstr ""
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2590
+#: release-manual.xml:2598
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -7068,7 +7074,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Foundation."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2592
+#: release-manual.xml:2600
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -7089,12 +7095,12 @@ msgstr ""
"generally."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2595
+#: release-manual.xml:2603
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2598
+#: release-manual.xml:2606
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -7117,7 +7123,7 @@ msgstr ""
"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2601
+#: release-manual.xml:2609
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -7140,42 +7146,42 @@ msgstr ""
"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2607
+#: release-manual.xml:2615
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2613
+#: release-manual.xml:2621
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr "Anhang B - Über Debian Edu Live CDs/DVDs"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2617
+#: release-manual.xml:2625
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr "Features des \"Standalone\" Images"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2618
+#: release-manual.xml:2626
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr "Fast alle Pakete des \"Standalone\" Profils"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2619
+#: release-manual.xml:2627
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr "Alle Pakete des Laptoptasks"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2620
+#: release-manual.xml:2628
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr "Das KDE Desktopprofil für Studenten/Schüler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2625
+#: release-manual.xml:2633
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr "Aktiviere Übersetzungen und Regionalsupport"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2627
+#: release-manual.xml:2635
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -7193,122 +7199,122 @@ msgstr ""
"genutzten Localecodes:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2632
+#: release-manual.xml:2640
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr "Sprache (Region)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2636
+#: release-manual.xml:2644
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr "Wert der Locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2640
+#: release-manual.xml:2648
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Tastaturbelegung (layout) </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2645
+#: release-manual.xml:2653
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr "Norwegisches Bokmål"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2648
+#: release-manual.xml:2656
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2651 release-manual.xml:2661
+#: release-manual.xml:2659 release-manual.xml:2669
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2655
+#: release-manual.xml:2663
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr "Norwegisches Nynorsk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2658
+#: release-manual.xml:2666
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2665
+#: release-manual.xml:2673
msgid "German"
msgstr "Deutsch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2668
+#: release-manual.xml:2676
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2671
+#: release-manual.xml:2679
msgid "de"
msgstr "de"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2675
+#: release-manual.xml:2683
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr "Französisch (Frankreich)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2678
+#: release-manual.xml:2686
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2681
+#: release-manual.xml:2689
msgid "fr"
msgstr "fr"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2685
+#: release-manual.xml:2693
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr "Griechisch (Griechenland)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2688
+#: release-manual.xml:2696
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2691
+#: release-manual.xml:2699
msgid "el"
msgstr "el"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2695
+#: release-manual.xml:2703
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japanisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2698
+#: release-manual.xml:2706
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2701
+#: release-manual.xml:2709
msgid "jp"
msgstr "jp"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2705
+#: release-manual.xml:2713
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr "Nördliches Sami (Norwegen)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2708
+#: release-manual.xml:2716
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr "se_NO"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2711
+#: release-manual.xml:2719
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr "no(smi)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2718
+#: release-manual.xml:2726
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -7322,34 +7328,34 @@ msgstr ""
"kann können in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/ gefunden werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2724
+#: release-manual.xml:2732
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr "Interessante Dinge"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2725
+#: release-manual.xml:2733
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
"Das Passwort für den Benuter ist \"user\", für root wurde kein Passwort "
"gesetzt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2731
+#: release-manual.xml:2739
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr "Bekannte Probleme mit dem Image"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2732
+#: release-manual.xml:2740
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr "Zur Zeit keine bekannt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2738
+#: release-manual.xml:2746
msgid "Download"
msgstr "Download"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2740
+#: release-manual.xml:2748
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
index 6df170d..4fbffb4 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-15 10:13+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-27 20:52+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-14 15:05+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: <es at li.org>\n"
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2493
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2501
#, fuzzy
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manual para Debian-Edu etch 3.0 también llamado \"Terra\""
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:8
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-15</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-27</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
@@ -1305,8 +1305,8 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1471 release-manual.xml:2243
-#: release-manual.xml:2278 release-manual.xml:2347
+#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1471 release-manual.xml:2249
+#: release-manual.xml:2284 release-manual.xml:2353
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -1495,7 +1495,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1888
+#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1890
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
@@ -2450,8 +2450,8 @@ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:921 release-manual.xml:954 release-manual.xml:990
#: release-manual.xml:1086 release-manual.xml:1724 release-manual.xml:1831
-#: release-manual.xml:1856 release-manual.xml:1863 release-manual.xml:2196
-#: release-manual.xml:2210 release-manual.xml:2225
+#: release-manual.xml:1856 release-manual.xml:1863 release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2216 release-manual.xml:2231
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
@@ -4102,12 +4102,12 @@ msgid "XXX This need to be completed and tested."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1626 release-manual.xml:2143 release-manual.xml:2251
+#: release-manual.xml:1626 release-manual.xml:2149 release-manual.xml:2257
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1628 release-manual.xml:2145 release-manual.xml:2253
+#: release-manual.xml:1628 release-manual.xml:2151 release-manual.xml:2259
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
@@ -4283,7 +4283,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1727 release-manual.xml:2228
+#: release-manual.xml:1727 release-manual.xml:2234
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -4595,7 +4595,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1884
+#: release-manual.xml:1886
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -4603,19 +4603,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1887
+#: release-manual.xml:1889
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1893
+#: release-manual.xml:1895
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1894
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -4623,12 +4623,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1897
+#: release-manual.xml:1901
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1904
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -4636,23 +4636,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1901
+#: release-manual.xml:1907
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1906
+#: release-manual.xml:1912
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Conectar máquinas windows a la red / integración con windows"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1910
+#: release-manual.xml:1916
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1912
+#: release-manual.xml:1918
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4665,7 +4665,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de autentificar a los usuarios."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1914
+#: release-manual.xml:1920
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
@@ -4674,17 +4674,18 @@ msgstr ""
"(pocos) pasos:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1922
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr "1. Crear un usuario en el grupo \"admins\" (si no existiera ya)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1918
+#: release-manual.xml:1924
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
-"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
+"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing, a user with that "
"membership needs to be added (for more information see <link to lwat "
"docu>). The user \"root\" will <emphasis role='strong'>not </emphasis> work, "
"because there is no password for root in Samba."
@@ -4696,12 +4697,12 @@ msgstr ""
"contraseña para root en Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1923
+#: release-manual.xml:1929
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Concigurar el cliente Windows como un puesto estático"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1925
+#: release-manual.xml:1931
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -4722,30 +4723,31 @@ msgstr ""
"unirse al dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1929
+#: release-manual.xml:1935
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
-"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
+"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)."
msgstr ""
"3. En el cliente Windows: Asegurarse de que la configuración de red y del "
"sistema coincide con los datos almacenados en tjener (nombre del puesto y "
"configuración de ip)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930
+#: release-manual.xml:1936
msgid ""
-"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
+"It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1933
+#: release-manual.xml:1939
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
"4. Unirse al dominio como de costumbre con el usuario añadido en el paso 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1934
+#: release-manual.xml:1940
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4759,7 +4761,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1937
+#: release-manual.xml:1943
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -4775,23 +4777,23 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Mis Documentos\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1941
+#: release-manual.xml:1947
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1943
+#: release-manual.xml:1949
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
-"available in Windows eg for netlogon scripts or other group dependant "
+"available in Windows, eg for netlogon scripts or other group dependant "
"actions, you can add them using variations of the following command. Samba "
"will function without these groupmaps, but Windows machines won't be group "
"aware."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1947
+#: release-manual.xml:1953
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -4801,12 +4803,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1956
+#: release-manual.xml:1962
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1958
+#: release-manual.xml:1964
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -4815,181 +4817,180 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1963
+#: release-manual.xml:1969
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1965
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1971
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
-"desktop icons, screen colors, mouse settings, window size and position, "
-"application configurations and network and printer connections. Roaming "
-"profiles are available wherever the user logs on, provided the server is "
-"available."
+"desktop icons and menus, screen colors, mouse settings, window size and "
+"position, application configurations and network and printer connections. "
+"Roaming profiles are available wherever the user logs on, provided the "
+"server is available."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1967
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1973
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
-"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
+"copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make windows "
"login/logout painfully slow. There can be many reasons for a large profile, "
"but the most common problems is that users save their files on the windows "
-"desktop or in my documents instead of in their homedir. Also some badly "
-"designed programs use the profile for scratch space, and other data."
+"desktop or in the My Documents folder instead of in their homedir. Also some "
+"badly designed programs use the profile for scratch space, and other data."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1969
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1975
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
-"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
-"not to store huge files on the desktop and if they fail to listen it's their "
-"own fault when login is slow."
+"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
+"deal with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. Tell "
+"them not to store huge files on the desktop and if they fail to listen it's "
+"their own fault when login is slow."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1972
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1978
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
+"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
"parts to regular file storage. This moves the work load from the users to "
-"the administrator, while adding the complexity of the installation. There "
-"are atlest three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming "
-"profile."
+"the administrator, while adding complexity to the installation. There are at "
+"least three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming profile."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1977 release-manual.xml:2060
+#: release-manual.xml:1983 release-manual.xml:2066
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1979
-msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1985
+msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
-msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
+#: release-manual.xml:1986
+msgid "Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1982
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1988
msgid ""
-"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
+"Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
"semicolon separated string of directories to exclude from the profile, the "
-"directories are internationalize and must be written in your own language "
+"directories are internationalized and must be written in your own language "
"the way they are in the profile. Example of directories to exclude are"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1983
+#: release-manual.xml:1989
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1984
+#: release-manual.xml:1990
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1985 release-manual.xml:1988
+#: release-manual.xml:1991 release-manual.xml:1994
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1986
+#: release-manual.xml:1992
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1987
+#: release-manual.xml:1993
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1991
+#: release-manual.xml:1997
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1993
+#: release-manual.xml:1999
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1995
+#: release-manual.xml:2001
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2003 release-manual.xml:2076 release-manual.xml:2101
+#: release-manual.xml:2009 release-manual.xml:2082 release-manual.xml:2107
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2005
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2011
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
"This would have the advantage of working almost instantly on all machines. "
"But is unfortunatly not as easy as it sounds. And you can quite easily lock "
"yourself out of your windows machines. If you have experience with this "
-"please elaborate here... FIXME"
+"please elaborate here..."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2010
+#: release-manual.xml:2016
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2012
+#: release-manual.xml:2018
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2013
+#: release-manual.xml:2019
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2015
+#: release-manual.xml:2021
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2019
+#: release-manual.xml:2025
msgid ""
"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2023
+#: release-manual.xml:2029
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2026
+#: release-manual.xml:2032
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2029
+#: release-manual.xml:2035
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -4997,18 +4998,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2031
+#: release-manual.xml:2037
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Recursos"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2054
+#: release-manual.xml:2060
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2056
+#: release-manual.xml:2062
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5018,7 +5019,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2062
+#: release-manual.xml:2068
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -5027,7 +5028,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2064
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -5035,36 +5036,36 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2066
+#: release-manual.xml:2072
msgid ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2069
+#: release-manual.xml:2075
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2078
+#: release-manual.xml:2084
#, fuzzy
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr "POR CORREGIR"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2084
+#: release-manual.xml:2090
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2088
+#: release-manual.xml:2094
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2090
+#: release-manual.xml:2096
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5072,29 +5073,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2092
+#: release-manual.xml:2098
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2094
+#: release-manual.xml:2100
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2103
+#: release-manual.xml:2109
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2108
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2110
+#: release-manual.xml:2116
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5104,7 +5105,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2113
+#: release-manual.xml:2119
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5113,12 +5114,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2122
+#: release-manual.xml:2128
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2124
+#: release-manual.xml:2130
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
@@ -5130,21 +5131,21 @@ msgstr ""
"a Skolelinux desde su casa usando Windows, Mac o Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2126
+#: release-manual.xml:2132
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2130
+#: release-manual.xml:2136
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2133
+#: release-manual.xml:2139
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5153,14 +5154,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2135
+#: release-manual.xml:2141
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2161
+#: release-manual.xml:2167
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
@@ -5168,19 +5169,19 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2167
+#: release-manual.xml:2173
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2169
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2172
+#: release-manual.xml:2178
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -5191,31 +5192,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2174
+#: release-manual.xml:2180
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2176
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
"information on Moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2182
+#: release-manual.xml:2188
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184
+#: release-manual.xml:2190
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2192
msgid ""
"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
"index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
@@ -5223,12 +5224,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2189
+#: release-manual.xml:2195
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2192
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -5236,26 +5237,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2199
+#: release-manual.xml:2205
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2205
+#: release-manual.xml:2211
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2207
+#: release-manual.xml:2213
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2213
+#: release-manual.xml:2219
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -5263,12 +5264,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2219
+#: release-manual.xml:2225
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2221
+#: release-manual.xml:2227
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -5276,7 +5277,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2233
+#: release-manual.xml:2239
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -5289,14 +5290,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2241
+#: release-manual.xml:2247
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2256
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -5307,23 +5308,23 @@ msgstr ""
"interesante"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2265
+#: release-manual.xml:2271
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2269
+#: release-manual.xml:2275
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2272
+#: release-manual.xml:2278
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2277
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -5332,7 +5333,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: release-manual.xml:2289
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -5343,13 +5344,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2289
+#: release-manual.xml:2295
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2291
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -5357,7 +5358,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2293
+#: release-manual.xml:2299
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -5365,20 +5366,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2300
+#: release-manual.xml:2306
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2302
+#: release-manual.xml:2308
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2305
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -5387,7 +5388,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2308
+#: release-manual.xml:2314
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -5395,13 +5396,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2314
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
#, fuzzy
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "== Escritores de la Documentación =="
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2316
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -5410,7 +5411,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2318
+#: release-manual.xml:2324
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
@@ -5426,7 +5427,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Translations'>Las traducciones </ulink> son parte del"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2322
+#: release-manual.xml:2328
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -5435,23 +5436,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2328
+#: release-manual.xml:2334
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Soporte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Soporte basado en voluntarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2336
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
#, fuzzy
msgid "in English"
msgstr "en inglés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2342
+#: release-manual.xml:2348
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
@@ -5463,7 +5464,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - lista de correo para soporte en habla inglesa"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2346
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -5471,13 +5472,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2357
+#: release-manual.xml:2363
#, fuzzy
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "en noruego"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2359
+#: release-manual.xml:2365
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -5489,7 +5490,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - lista de correo de soporte para usuarios en habla noruega"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2363
+#: release-manual.xml:2369
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -5502,18 +5503,18 @@ msgstr ""
"linuxiskolen </ulink> - POR CORREGIR"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2372
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2372
+#: release-manual.xml:2378
#, fuzzy
msgid "in German"
msgstr "en alemán"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2374
+#: release-manual.xml:2380
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
@@ -5524,7 +5525,7 @@ msgstr ""
"para usuarios en habla alemana"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2378
+#: release-manual.xml:2384
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
@@ -5534,18 +5535,18 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki alemán con muchos <ulink url='/HowTos'>Tutoriales </ulink> etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2381
+#: release-manual.xml:2387
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2387
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
#, fuzzy
msgid "in French"
msgstr "en francés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2395
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
@@ -5555,13 +5556,13 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> lista de correo de soporte en francés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2397
+#: release-manual.xml:2403
#, fuzzy
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "en inglés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2399
+#: release-manual.xml:2405
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
@@ -5571,12 +5572,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki alemán con muchos <ulink url='/HowTos'>Tutoriales </ulink> etc."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2408
+#: release-manual.xml:2414
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Soporte profesional"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2410
+#: release-manual.xml:2416
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -5587,12 +5588,18 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2417
+#: release-manual.xml:2423
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright y authores"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2425
+msgid ""
+"# copyright is not a verb, its a noun. someone holds the copyright on a work."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2419
+#: release-manual.xml:2427
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
@@ -5607,7 +5614,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licencia GPL2 o cualquier versión posterior. ¡Disfrútalo!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2421
+#: release-manual.xml:2429
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -5619,12 +5626,12 @@ msgstr ""
"tu nombre aquí y libéralo bajo la GPL2 o posterior."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2427
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright de la traducción y Autores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2429
+#: release-manual.xml:2437
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
@@ -5634,7 +5641,7 @@ msgstr ""
"está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2431
+#: release-manual.xml:2439
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen "
@@ -5645,7 +5652,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2433
+#: release-manual.xml:2441
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
@@ -5657,7 +5664,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2435
+#: release-manual.xml:2443
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
@@ -5667,12 +5674,12 @@ msgstr ""
"está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2440
+#: release-manual.xml:2448
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Traducciones de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2442
+#: release-manual.xml:2450
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
@@ -5683,13 +5690,13 @@ msgstr ""
"y español."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2446
+#: release-manual.xml:2454
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Como traducir este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2448
+#: release-manual.xml:2456
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -5699,7 +5706,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2451
+#: release-manual.xml:2459
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -5713,7 +5720,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at l.d.o </ulink> o ponga un bug al paquete debian-edu-doc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2455
+#: release-manual.xml:2463
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -5722,14 +5729,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2459
+#: release-manual.xml:2467
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2464
+#: release-manual.xml:2472
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -5738,26 +5745,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2468
+#: release-manual.xml:2476
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2470
+#: release-manual.xml:2478
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2473
+#: release-manual.xml:2481
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2478
+#: release-manual.xml:2486
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
@@ -5771,25 +5778,25 @@ msgstr ""
"mimetype=xml/docbook'>los fuentes </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2480
+#: release-manual.xml:2488
#, fuzzy
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Por favor, informa de otros posibles fallos importantes."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2486
+#: release-manual.xml:2494
#, fuzzy
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Apéndice A - La Licencia Pública GNU (GPL)"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2489
+#: release-manual.xml:2497
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2495
+#: release-manual.xml:2503
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
@@ -5802,7 +5809,7 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#: release-manual.xml:2506
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -5811,7 +5818,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -5820,7 +5827,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2502
+#: release-manual.xml:2510
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -5828,17 +5835,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2507
+#: release-manual.xml:2515
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2509
+#: release-manual.xml:2517
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2511
+#: release-manual.xml:2519
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -5847,12 +5854,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2516
+#: release-manual.xml:2524
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2518
+#: release-manual.xml:2526
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -5866,7 +5873,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2521
+#: release-manual.xml:2529
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -5877,7 +5884,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -5889,14 +5896,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2526
+#: release-manual.xml:2534
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2528
+#: release-manual.xml:2536
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -5905,7 +5912,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2531
+#: release-manual.xml:2539
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -5913,7 +5920,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2534
+#: release-manual.xml:2542
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -5922,7 +5929,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2537
+#: release-manual.xml:2545
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -5937,7 +5944,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2542
+#: release-manual.xml:2550
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -5951,7 +5958,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2544
+#: release-manual.xml:2552
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -5960,7 +5967,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2546
+#: release-manual.xml:2554
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -5969,7 +5976,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2548
+#: release-manual.xml:2556
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -5978,7 +5985,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2551
+#: release-manual.xml:2559
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -5987,7 +5994,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2554
+#: release-manual.xml:2562
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -5998,7 +6005,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2557
+#: release-manual.xml:2565
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -6008,7 +6015,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2562
+#: release-manual.xml:2570
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -6022,7 +6029,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2564
+#: release-manual.xml:2572
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -6032,7 +6039,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2566
+#: release-manual.xml:2574
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -6044,7 +6051,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2569
+#: release-manual.xml:2577
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -6057,7 +6064,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2572
+#: release-manual.xml:2580
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -6069,7 +6076,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2575
+#: release-manual.xml:2583
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -6086,7 +6093,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2578
+#: release-manual.xml:2586
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -6094,7 +6101,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2580
+#: release-manual.xml:2588
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -6108,14 +6115,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2582
+#: release-manual.xml:2590
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2584
+#: release-manual.xml:2592
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -6127,7 +6134,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2587
+#: release-manual.xml:2595
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -6136,7 +6143,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2590
+#: release-manual.xml:2598
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -6148,7 +6155,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2592
+#: release-manual.xml:2600
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -6161,7 +6168,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2595
+#: release-manual.xml:2603
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -6169,7 +6176,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2598
+#: release-manual.xml:2606
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -6183,7 +6190,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2601
+#: release-manual.xml:2609
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -6197,42 +6204,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2607
+#: release-manual.xml:2615
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2613
+#: release-manual.xml:2621
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2617
+#: release-manual.xml:2625
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2618
+#: release-manual.xml:2626
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2619
+#: release-manual.xml:2627
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2620
+#: release-manual.xml:2628
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2625
+#: release-manual.xml:2633
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2627
+#: release-manual.xml:2635
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -6244,7 +6251,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2632
+#: release-manual.xml:2640
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -6252,7 +6259,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2636
+#: release-manual.xml:2644
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -6260,7 +6267,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2640
+#: release-manual.xml:2648
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -6268,108 +6275,108 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2645
+#: release-manual.xml:2653
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2648
+#: release-manual.xml:2656
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2651 release-manual.xml:2661
+#: release-manual.xml:2659 release-manual.xml:2669
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2655
+#: release-manual.xml:2663
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2658
+#: release-manual.xml:2666
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2665
+#: release-manual.xml:2673
#, fuzzy
msgid "German"
msgstr "en alemán"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2668
+#: release-manual.xml:2676
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2671
+#: release-manual.xml:2679
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2675
+#: release-manual.xml:2683
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2678
+#: release-manual.xml:2686
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2681
+#: release-manual.xml:2689
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2685
+#: release-manual.xml:2693
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2688
+#: release-manual.xml:2696
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2691
+#: release-manual.xml:2699
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2695
+#: release-manual.xml:2703
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2698
+#: release-manual.xml:2706
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2701
+#: release-manual.xml:2709
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2705
+#: release-manual.xml:2713
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2708
+#: release-manual.xml:2716
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2711
+#: release-manual.xml:2719
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2718
+#: release-manual.xml:2726
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -6378,32 +6385,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2724
+#: release-manual.xml:2732
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2725
+#: release-manual.xml:2733
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2731
+#: release-manual.xml:2739
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2732
+#: release-manual.xml:2740
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2738
+#: release-manual.xml:2746
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2740
+#: release-manual.xml:2748
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
index 3a627ca..4f35bd0 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-15 10:13+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-27 20:53+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-02-17 20:41+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Claudio Carboncini <claudio.carboncini at gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: italian <debian-edu at lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr "Manuale di Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra versione 3.0"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2493
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2501
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manuale Debian per la versione Edu etch 3.0 Nome codice \"Terra\""
@@ -37,9 +37,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-15</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-27</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Questo documento è stato inserito nel pacchetto <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"doc </computeroutput> il <computeroutput>2008-02-15</computeroutput>."
@@ -848,8 +849,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:189
-msgid "- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
-msgstr "- accesso alle home directory (*~/.)? - home directory - directory condivise?"
+msgid ""
+"- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
+msgstr ""
+"- accesso alle home directory (*~/.)? - home directory - directory condivise?"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:195
@@ -861,7 +864,8 @@ msgstr "note a caso"
msgid ""
"These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this "
"document."
-msgstr "Queste sono note a caso che dovrebbero essere incluse in questo documento."
+msgstr ""
+"Queste sono note a caso che dovrebbero essere incluse in questo documento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:198
@@ -1385,8 +1389,8 @@ msgstr ""
"funzionare<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1471 release-manual.xml:2243
-#: release-manual.xml:2278 release-manual.xml:2347
+#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1471 release-manual.xml:2249
+#: release-manual.xml:2284 release-manual.xml:2353
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -1607,7 +1611,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sul dettagglio dei pagamenti (per l'invio dei media) <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1888
+#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1890
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
@@ -1780,7 +1784,8 @@ msgstr "Scegliere un time-zone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:506
msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (usually the countrys default is fine)"
-msgstr "Scegliere una mappa di tastiera (in genere la tastiera di default va bene)"
+msgstr ""
+"Scegliere una mappa di tastiera (in genere la tastiera di default va bene)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:508
@@ -1895,7 +1900,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:530
-msgid "say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
+msgid ""
+"say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
msgstr ""
"rispondi yes al partizionamento automatico, questo distruggerà tutti i dati "
"negli hard disk!"
@@ -2054,7 +2060,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:590
-msgid "Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
+msgid ""
+"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
"Schermi di esempio per una installazione i386 server principale+ thin-client-"
"server"
@@ -2695,8 +2702,8 @@ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:921 release-manual.xml:954 release-manual.xml:990
#: release-manual.xml:1086 release-manual.xml:1724 release-manual.xml:1831
-#: release-manual.xml:1856 release-manual.xml:1863 release-manual.xml:2196
-#: release-manual.xml:2210 release-manual.xml:2225
+#: release-manual.xml:1856 release-manual.xml:1863 release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2216 release-manual.xml:2231
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
@@ -3376,7 +3383,8 @@ msgstr "Aggiornamento da Debian Edu sarge"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1171
-msgid "Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
+msgid ""
+"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
"Occorre leggere completamente questo capitolo prima di cominciare a fare "
"l'aggiornamento del sistema."
@@ -3419,12 +3427,14 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1183
msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
-msgstr "vg_data che contiene i dati della partizione come /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
+msgstr ""
+"vg_data che contiene i dati della partizione come /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1184
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
-msgstr "vg_system contiene la partizione del Sistema come /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
+msgstr ""
+"vg_system contiene la partizione del Sistema come /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1187
@@ -3622,7 +3632,8 @@ msgstr "* Configurare nagios-common."
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
-msgstr "Occorre inserire una password per l'utente <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Occorre inserire una password per l'utente <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1254
@@ -3683,7 +3694,8 @@ msgstr "Al prompt inserire: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1276
-msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr "Al prompt inserire: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
@@ -3884,7 +3896,8 @@ msgstr "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1338
-msgid "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
+msgid ""
+"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr "e aspettare fino alla fine.Poi riavviare di nuovo dist-upgrade."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
@@ -4010,8 +4023,10 @@ msgstr "HowTo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1383
-msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
-msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"Administration\">amministrazione generale</link>"
+msgid ""
+"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"HowTo per <link linkend=\"Administration\">amministrazione generale</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1386
@@ -4048,7 +4063,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1407
-msgid "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
+msgid ""
+"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
"Installare singoli servizi sulle macchine per distribuire il carico del "
"server principale"
@@ -4215,8 +4231,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1464
-msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
-msgstr "Per registrare i manualmente cambiamenti di un file senza aspettare un'ora:"
+msgid ""
+"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
+msgstr ""
+"Per registrare i manualmente cambiamenti di un file senza aspettare un'ora:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1467
@@ -4278,7 +4296,8 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
-msgstr "Il comando aggiunge in /etc tutti i file a svk e attiva il commit cronjob."
+msgstr ""
+"Il comando aggiunge in /etc tutti i file a svk e attiva il commit cronjob."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1497
@@ -4369,7 +4388,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1520
msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
-msgstr "Per esempio per aumentare home0 a 30GB si può usare i seguenti comandi:"
+msgstr ""
+"Per esempio per aumentare home0 a 30GB si può usare i seguenti comandi:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1521
@@ -4585,7 +4605,13 @@ msgid ""
"out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators "
"responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel "
"to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall."
-msgstr "Lo script di boot <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> è messo a disposizione nel pacchetto <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </computeroutput> per \"oltrepassare\" un firewall. Questo è utile per gli amministratori di sistema responsabili di diverse installazioni Debian Edu. Viene configurato un tunnel SSH per permettere un login ssh da un'altra macchina dall'esterno del firewall."
+msgstr ""
+"Lo script di boot <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> è messo a "
+"disposizione nel pacchetto <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </"
+"computeroutput> per \"oltrepassare\" un firewall. Questo è utile per gli "
+"amministratori di sistema responsabili di diverse installazioni Debian "
+"Edu. Viene configurato un tunnel SSH per permettere un login ssh da "
+"un'altra macchina dall'esterno del firewall."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1611
@@ -4595,16 +4621,20 @@ msgid ""
"for the remote user used for and specify the login information in "
"<computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
-"Per attivarlo occorre creare una chiave ssh senza password, creare un utente sul computer remoto per usare ssh login, copiare la chiave publica nella directory ~/.ssh/authorized_keys "
-"per l'utente remoto e specificare le informazioni di login in "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput>."
+"Per attivarlo occorre creare una chiave ssh senza password, creare un utente "
+"sul computer remoto per usare ssh login, copiare la chiave publica nella "
+"directory ~/.ssh/authorized_keys per l'utente remoto e specificare le "
+"informazioni di login in <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </"
+"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1614
msgid ""
"Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should be "
"similar to this:"
-msgstr "Il contenuto di <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> dovrebbe essere simile a questo:"
+msgstr ""
+"Il contenuto di <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> "
+"dovrebbe essere simile a questo:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1616
@@ -4626,12 +4656,12 @@ msgid "XXX This need to be completed and tested."
msgstr "XXX Questo deve essere completato e testato."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1626 release-manual.xml:2143 release-manual.xml:2251
+#: release-manual.xml:1626 release-manual.xml:2149 release-manual.xml:2257
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr "HowTo da wiki.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1628 release-manual.xml:2145 release-manual.xml:2253
+#: release-manual.xml:1628 release-manual.xml:2151 release-manual.xml:2259
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
@@ -4674,7 +4704,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1668
msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
-msgstr "personalizzare l'insieme delle icone che appaiano nel desktop degli studenti"
+msgstr ""
+"personalizzare l'insieme delle icone che appaiano nel desktop degli studenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1669
@@ -4693,12 +4724,14 @@ msgstr "adept non è partito"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1671
msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
-msgstr "occorre assicurarsi che gli studenti non inizino con un'altra sezione di kde"
+msgstr ""
+"occorre assicurarsi che gli studenti non inizino con un'altra sezione di kde"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1672
msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
-msgstr "disabilitare la possibilità di acquisire l'accesso di root per gli studenti"
+msgstr ""
+"disabilitare la possibilità di acquisire l'accesso di root per gli studenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1675
@@ -4729,8 +4762,8 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Nota: </emphasis>: le modifiche ai profili possono "
"essere fatte usando <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. Tuttavia a "
"meno che si seguano i passi indicati sotto i cambiamenti saranno "
-"sovrascritti dagli aggiornamenti. "
-"[FIXME: non funziona. L'aggiornamento rimette le icone del desktop di default]"
+"sovrascritti dagli aggiornamenti. [FIXME: non funziona. L'aggiornamento "
+"rimette le icone del desktop di default]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1684
@@ -4843,7 +4876,7 @@ msgstr ""
"root nel server:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1727 release-manual.xml:2228
+#: release-manual.xml:1727 release-manual.xml:2234
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -5142,7 +5175,8 @@ msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1845
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
-msgstr "dovrebbe essere aggiunta al server nel file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf"
+msgstr ""
+"dovrebbe essere aggiunta al server nel file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1851
@@ -5200,7 +5234,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1875
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
-msgstr "Se siamo suun thin client nella retenetwork, occorre eseguire questo comando:"
+msgstr ""
+"Se siamo suun thin client nella retenetwork, occorre eseguire questo comando:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1878
@@ -5232,7 +5267,7 @@ msgstr ""
"aggiungere a /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1884
+#: release-manual.xml:1886
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -5242,7 +5277,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1887
+#: release-manual.xml:1889
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -5251,12 +5286,12 @@ msgstr ""
"è un commento <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1893
+#: release-manual.xml:1895
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr "Quindi avvia xdmcp in kdm con il comando:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1894
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -5266,12 +5301,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1897
+#: release-manual.xml:1901
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr "Alla fine riavvia kdm eseguendo:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1904
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -5281,22 +5316,22 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1901
+#: release-manual.xml:1907
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr "(per la cortesia di Finn-Arne Johansen)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1906
+#: release-manual.xml:1912
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Connettere macchine windows alla rete / integrazione con Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1910
+#: release-manual.xml:1916
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr "Collegarsi al dominio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1912
+#: release-manual.xml:1918
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -5309,7 +5344,7 @@ msgstr ""
"degli utenti e autenticare gli utenti attraverso il login."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1914
+#: release-manual.xml:1920
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
@@ -5318,17 +5353,19 @@ msgstr ""
"necessari:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1922
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
-msgstr "1. Creare un utente (se già non esiste) come membro del gruppo \"admins\""
+msgstr ""
+"1. Creare un utente (se già non esiste) come membro del gruppo \"admins\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1918
+#: release-manual.xml:1924
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
-"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
+"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing, a user with that "
"membership needs to be added (for more information see <link to lwat "
"docu>). The user \"root\" will <emphasis role='strong'>not </emphasis> work, "
"because there is no password for root in Samba."
@@ -5340,12 +5377,12 @@ msgstr ""
"collegarsi in quanto non c'è la password di root per Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1923
+#: release-manual.xml:1929
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Configurare i client Windows come host statici"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1925
+#: release-manual.xml:1931
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -5367,31 +5404,34 @@ msgstr ""
"l'autenticazione al dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1929
+#: release-manual.xml:1935
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
-"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
+"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)."
msgstr ""
"3. Sui client Windows: Assicurarsi che la rete e il sistema di "
"configurazione corrispondano ai dati archiviati in tjener (nome dell'host e "
"configurazione ip)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930
+#: release-manual.xml:1936
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
+"It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
"E' importante che gli host Windows abbiano gli stessi dati, altrimenti Samba "
"non troverà l'host aggiunto nel passo 2."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1933
+#: release-manual.xml:1939
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
-msgstr "4. Collegarsi al dominio normalmente usando l'utente definito al passo 1."
+msgstr ""
+"4. Collegarsi al dominio normalmente usando l'utente definito al passo 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1934
+#: release-manual.xml:1940
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -5415,7 +5455,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1937
+#: release-manual.xml:1943
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -5431,16 +5471,17 @@ msgstr ""
"di \"Own files\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1941
+#: release-manual.xml:1947
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr "Gruppi di utenti in Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1943
+#: release-manual.xml:1949
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
-"available in Windows eg for netlogon scripts or other group dependant "
+"available in Windows, eg for netlogon scripts or other group dependant "
"actions, you can add them using variations of the following command. Samba "
"will function without these groupmaps, but Windows machines won't be group "
"aware."
@@ -5453,7 +5494,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Windows non saranno a conoscenza del gruppo."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1947
+#: release-manual.xml:1953
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -5467,12 +5508,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1956
+#: release-manual.xml:1962
msgid "XP home"
msgstr "XP home"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1958
+#: release-manual.xml:1964
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -5486,19 +5527,20 @@ msgstr ""
"rete."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1963
+#: release-manual.xml:1969
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr "Gestire i profili roaming"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1965
+#: release-manual.xml:1971
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
-"desktop icons, screen colors, mouse settings, window size and position, "
-"application configurations and network and printer connections. Roaming "
-"profiles are available wherever the user logs on, provided the server is "
-"available."
+"desktop icons and menus, screen colors, mouse settings, window size and "
+"position, application configurations and network and printer connections. "
+"Roaming profiles are available wherever the user logs on, provided the "
+"server is available."
msgstr ""
"I profili comuni o roaming contengono l'ambiente di lavoro dell'utente, che "
"include il desktop con le sue icone e configurazioni. Alcuni esempi di "
@@ -5509,14 +5551,15 @@ msgstr ""
"attraverso il server."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1967
+#: release-manual.xml:1973
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
-"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
+"copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make windows "
"login/logout painfully slow. There can be many reasons for a large profile, "
"but the most common problems is that users save their files on the windows "
-"desktop or in my documents instead of in their homedir. Also some badly "
-"designed programs use the profile for scratch space, and other data."
+"desktop or in the My Documents folder instead of in their homedir. Also some "
+"badly designed programs use the profile for scratch space, and other data."
msgstr ""
"Il profilo è copiato dal server quando ci si collega e copiato sul server "
"quando ci si disconnette dalla rete. Profili pesanti rendono la rete lenta. "
@@ -5526,12 +5569,13 @@ msgstr ""
"progettati usano il profilo per scrivere dati."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1969
+#: release-manual.xml:1975
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
-"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
-"not to store huge files on the desktop and if they fail to listen it's their "
-"own fault when login is slow."
+"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
+"deal with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. Tell "
+"them not to store huge files on the desktop and if they fail to listen it's "
+"their own fault when login is slow."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Un approccio educativo</emphasis> Un modo per "
"affrontare i profili troppo pesanti è spiegare il problema agli utenti. "
@@ -5539,14 +5583,14 @@ msgstr ""
"ascoltare dire loro di non lamentarsi se il loro login è molto lento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1972
+#: release-manual.xml:1978
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
+"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
"parts to regular file storage. This moves the work load from the users to "
-"the administrator, while adding the complexity of the installation. There "
-"are atlest three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming "
-"profile."
+"the administrator, while adding complexity to the installation. There are at "
+"least three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming profile."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Messa a punto dei profili </emphasis> Un modo "
"diverso per affrontare il problema è cancellare parte del profilo e "
@@ -5556,27 +5600,32 @@ msgstr ""
"rimuovere dal profilo dell'utente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1977 release-manual.xml:2060
+#: release-manual.xml:1983 release-manual.xml:2066
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr "Usare una politica per le macchine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1979
-msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
-msgstr "si può modificare la policy della macchina e copiarla in altri computer."
+#: release-manual.xml:1985
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
+msgstr ""
+"si può modificare la policy della macchina e copiarla in altri computer."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
-msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
-msgstr "scegliere un computer con windows appena installato e eseguire gpedit.msc"
+#: release-manual.xml:1986
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
+msgstr ""
+"scegliere un computer con windows appena installato e eseguire gpedit.msc"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1982
+#: release-manual.xml:1988
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
+"Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
"semicolon separated string of directories to exclude from the profile, the "
-"directories are internationalize and must be written in your own language "
+"directories are internationalized and must be written in your own language "
"the way they are in the profile. Example of directories to exclude are"
msgstr ""
"nella selezione User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System -> "
@@ -5586,37 +5635,37 @@ msgstr ""
"linguaggio utilizzato. Esempi di directory da escludere sono"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1983
+#: release-manual.xml:1989
msgid "log"
msgstr "log"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1984
+#: release-manual.xml:1990
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr "Setting locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1985 release-manual.xml:1988
+#: release-manual.xml:1991 release-manual.xml:1994
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr "File temporanei internet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1986
+#: release-manual.xml:1992
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr "Documenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1987
+#: release-manual.xml:1993
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr "Application Data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1991
+#: release-manual.xml:1997
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr "Salvare i cambiamenti e uscire dall'editor dei testi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1993
+#: release-manual.xml:1999
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
@@ -5625,7 +5674,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in tutte le altre macchine windows."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1995
+#: release-manual.xml:2001
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
@@ -5634,19 +5683,20 @@ msgstr ""
"disposizione durante l'installazione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2003 release-manual.xml:2076 release-manual.xml:2101
+#: release-manual.xml:2009 release-manual.xml:2082 release-manual.xml:2107
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr "Usare una politica globale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2005
+#: release-manual.xml:2011
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
"This would have the advantage of working almost instantly on all machines. "
"But is unfortunatly not as easy as it sounds. And you can quite easily lock "
"yourself out of your windows machines. If you have experience with this "
-"please elaborate here... FIXME"
+"please elaborate here..."
msgstr ""
"Se si usa il windows policy editor (poledit.exe), si può creare un file di "
"policy (NTConfig.pol) e metterlo nella directory condivisa su tjener. Questo "
@@ -5656,12 +5706,12 @@ msgstr ""
"qui... FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2010
+#: release-manual.xml:2016
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr "Modificare il registro di Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2012
+#: release-manual.xml:2018
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
@@ -5670,12 +5720,12 @@ msgstr ""
"chiave di registro sugli altri computer"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2013
+#: release-manual.xml:2019
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr "Esegui Registry Editor."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2015
+#: release-manual.xml:2021
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
@@ -5684,17 +5734,19 @@ msgstr ""
"\\Windows NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2019
-msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
-msgstr "Usare il menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
+#: release-manual.xml:2025
+msgid ""
+"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Usare il menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2023
+#: release-manual.xml:2029
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr "Scrivere <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2026
+#: release-manual.xml:2032
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
@@ -5703,7 +5755,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(lo stesso per la politica delle macchine)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2029
+#: release-manual.xml:2035
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -5714,17 +5766,17 @@ msgstr ""
"doppio click su questo per modificare il registro delle altre macchine."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2031
+#: release-manual.xml:2037
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Sorgenti:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2054
+#: release-manual.xml:2060
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr "Ridirigere parti di profilo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2056
+#: release-manual.xml:2062
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5738,7 +5790,7 @@ msgstr ""
"da software non ben programmati che usano directory condivise nella rete."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2062
+#: release-manual.xml:2068
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -5752,7 +5804,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Documenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2064
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -5763,12 +5815,14 @@ msgstr ""
"si vuole utilizzare questa caratteristica si dovrebbe disabilitare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2066
-msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
-msgstr "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
+#: release-manual.xml:2072
+msgid ""
+"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
+msgstr ""
+"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2069
+#: release-manual.xml:2075
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
@@ -5777,22 +5831,22 @@ msgstr ""
"Files"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2078
+#: release-manual.xml:2084
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr "FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2084
+#: release-manual.xml:2090
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr "Evitare i profili roaming"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2088
+#: release-manual.xml:2094
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr "Usare una policy locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2090
+#: release-manual.xml:2096
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5803,14 +5857,14 @@ msgstr ""
"esempio macchine dedicate, o macchine che dispongono di poca banda."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2092
+#: release-manual.xml:2098
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
"Si può usare il metodo della policy delle macchine descritta sopra, la "
"chiave si trova in"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2094
+#: release-manual.xml:2100
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
@@ -5819,17 +5873,17 @@ msgstr ""
"profiles"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2103
+#: release-manual.xml:2109
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr "FIXME: quale la chiave dei profili roaming per la politica global"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2108
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr "modificare la configurazione samba"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2110
+#: release-manual.xml:2116
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5844,7 +5898,7 @@ msgstr ""
"path e logon home, poi riavviare samba."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2113
+#: release-manual.xml:2119
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5856,12 +5910,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2122
+#: release-manual.xml:2128
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr "Desktop remoti con RDP, VNC, NX o Citrix"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2124
+#: release-manual.xml:2130
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -5872,7 +5926,7 @@ msgstr ""
"che hanno Windows, Mac o Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2126
+#: release-manual.xml:2132
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5881,7 +5935,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2130
+#: release-manual.xml:2136
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5890,7 +5944,7 @@ msgstr ""
"occorre installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2133
+#: release-manual.xml:2139
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5903,7 +5957,7 @@ msgstr ""
"detto che questa soluzione è stabile."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2135
+#: release-manual.xml:2141
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
@@ -5912,17 +5966,17 @@ msgstr ""
"client HowTo </ulink> per accedere a Windows terminal server da Skolelinux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2161
+#: release-manual.xml:2167
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr "HowTo per insegnare e imparare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2167
+#: release-manual.xml:2173
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr "Moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2169
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
@@ -5931,7 +5985,7 @@ msgstr ""
"per installare moodle."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2172
+#: release-manual.xml:2178
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -5948,12 +6002,12 @@ msgstr ""
"in Francia usano moodle per monitorare abilità e crediti degli studenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2174
+#: release-manual.xml:2180
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr "FIXME: alcuni esempi, etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2176
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
"information on Moodle."
@@ -5962,12 +6016,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org'>http://moodle.org </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2182
+#: release-manual.xml:2188
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr "Monitorare gli allievi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184
+#: release-manual.xml:2190
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
@@ -5976,7 +6030,7 @@ msgstr ""
"monitorare i loro studenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2192
msgid ""
"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
"index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
@@ -5987,12 +6041,12 @@ msgstr ""
"title=Main_Page </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2189
+#: release-manual.xml:2195
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr "FIXME: spiegare come installarlo e usarlo."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2192
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -6002,7 +6056,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2199
+#: release-manual.xml:2205
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
@@ -6012,12 +6066,12 @@ msgstr ""
"giurisdizione corrente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2205
+#: release-manual.xml:2211
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr "Limitare agli allievi l'accesso alla rete"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2207
+#: release-manual.xml:2213
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
@@ -6026,7 +6080,7 @@ msgstr ""
"internet access. FIXME: spiegare come installarli e usarli."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2213
+#: release-manual.xml:2219
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -6037,12 +6091,12 @@ msgstr ""
"etico e illegale nella vostra giurisdizione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2219
+#: release-manual.xml:2225
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr "Installare swi-prolog in etch"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2221
+#: release-manual.xml:2227
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -6053,7 +6107,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribuzione etch."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2233
+#: release-manual.xml:2239
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -6073,7 +6127,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2241
+#: release-manual.xml:2247
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -6082,7 +6136,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2256
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -6093,22 +6147,22 @@ msgstr ""
"interessante"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2265
+#: release-manual.xml:2271
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Contribuire"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2269
+#: release-manual.xml:2275
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr "Facci sapere che esisti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2272
+#: release-manual.xml:2278
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2277
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -6120,7 +6174,7 @@ msgstr ""
"molto ed è già un modo concreto per contribuire. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: release-manual.xml:2289
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -6137,12 +6191,12 @@ msgstr ""
"questa scheda</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2289
+#: release-manual.xml:2295
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Contribuire localmente"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2291
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -6153,7 +6207,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Grecia, Olanda, Giappone e nel resto del mondo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2293
+#: release-manual.xml:2299
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -6164,12 +6218,12 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>supportare </emphasis> sono le due facce della stessa medaglia."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2300
+#: release-manual.xml:2306
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Contribuire globalmente"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2302
+#: release-manual.xml:2308
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
@@ -6179,7 +6233,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ambiti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2305
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -6192,7 +6246,7 @@ msgstr ""
"frequentemente in incontri in presenza."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2308
+#: release-manual.xml:2314
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -6203,12 +6257,12 @@ msgstr ""
"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits'>commit</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2314
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "Documentazione per autori e traduttori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2316
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -6221,7 +6275,7 @@ msgstr ""
"condividere la tua conoscenza con noi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2318
+#: release-manual.xml:2324
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
@@ -6238,7 +6292,7 @@ msgstr ""
"UserPreferences'>crea un nuovo utente wiki </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2322
+#: release-manual.xml:2328
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -6252,22 +6306,22 @@ msgstr ""
"questo libro!"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2328
+#: release-manual.xml:2334
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Supporto basato sui volontari"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2336
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
msgid "in English"
msgstr "in Inglese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2342
+#: release-manual.xml:2348
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -6278,7 +6332,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2346
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -6289,12 +6343,12 @@ msgstr ""
"accade <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2357
+#: release-manual.xml:2363
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "in Norvegese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2359
+#: release-manual.xml:2365
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -6305,7 +6359,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2363
+#: release-manual.xml:2369
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -6318,17 +6372,18 @@ msgstr ""
"in Norvegia (FRISK)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2372
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
-msgstr "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel per aiutare utenti norvegesi"
+msgstr ""
+"#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel per aiutare utenti norvegesi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2372
+#: release-manual.xml:2378
msgid "in German"
msgstr "in Tedesco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2374
+#: release-manual.xml:2380
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
@@ -6337,7 +6392,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2378
+#: release-manual.xml:2384
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
@@ -6346,19 +6401,19 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki con molti HowTo, etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2381
+#: release-manual.xml:2387
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC canale per supportare gli utenti "
"tedeschi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2387
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid "in French"
msgstr "in Francese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2395
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
@@ -6367,12 +6422,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - mailinglist di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2397
+#: release-manual.xml:2403
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "in Spagnolo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2399
+#: release-manual.xml:2405
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
@@ -6381,12 +6436,12 @@ msgstr ""
"portale spagnolo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2408
+#: release-manual.xml:2414
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Supporto professionale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2410
+#: release-manual.xml:2416
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -6397,12 +6452,18 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2417
+#: release-manual.xml:2423
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright e autori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2419
+#: release-manual.xml:2425
+msgid ""
+"# copyright is not a verb, its a noun. someone holds the copyright on a work."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2427
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
"Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz "
@@ -6412,14 +6473,14 @@ msgid ""
"released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
msgstr ""
"Questo documento è scritto e sotto copyright da Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
-"Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut "
-"Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner "
-"Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker (2007), José L. "
-"Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) e John Bildoy (2007) rilasciato sotto GPL2 o "
-"versione successiva. Buon divertimento!"
+"Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz "
+"(2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), "
+"Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker "
+"(2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) e John Bildoy (2007) rilasciato "
+"sotto GPL2 o versione successiva. Buon divertimento!"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2421
+#: release-manual.xml:2429
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -6431,12 +6492,12 @@ msgstr ""
"inserisci il tuo nome qui e rilascialo sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2427
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright di traduzione e autori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2429
+#: release-manual.xml:2437
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -6445,7 +6506,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Rodríguez (2007) rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2431
+#: release-manual.xml:2439
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"(2007) and Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008) and is released under the GPL2 or "
@@ -6456,7 +6517,7 @@ msgstr ""
"GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2433
+#: release-manual.xml:2441
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
@@ -6469,7 +6530,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(2008) e rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2435
+#: release-manual.xml:2443
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -6478,12 +6539,12 @@ msgstr ""
"(2007, 2008) rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2440
+#: release-manual.xml:2448
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Traduzioni di questo documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2442
+#: release-manual.xml:2450
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
@@ -6492,12 +6553,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Esistono traduzione incomplete di Norvegese Bokmål, Spagnolo e Tedesco."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2446
+#: release-manual.xml:2454
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Come tradurre questo documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2448
+#: release-manual.xml:2456
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -6512,7 +6573,7 @@ msgstr ""
"iniziare a tradurlo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2451
+#: release-manual.xml:2459
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -6527,7 +6588,7 @@ msgstr ""
"debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>]."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2455
+#: release-manual.xml:2463
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -6539,7 +6600,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pacchetto <computeroutput>subversion </computeroutput> istallato):"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2459
+#: release-manual.xml:2467
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -6548,7 +6609,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2464
+#: release-manual.xml:2472
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -6561,7 +6622,7 @@ msgstr ""
"suggeriamo di usare <computeroutput>kbabel </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2468
+#: release-manual.xml:2476
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
@@ -6570,7 +6631,7 @@ msgstr ""
"permessi per fare questo) o mandare il file alla mailinglist."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2470
+#: release-manual.xml:2478
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
@@ -6579,12 +6640,12 @@ msgstr ""
"all'interno della directory <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2473
+#: release-manual.xml:2481
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2478
+#: release-manual.xml:2486
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -6595,23 +6656,23 @@ msgstr ""
"esiste ancora uno o come aggiornare le traduzioni presenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2480
+#: release-manual.xml:2488
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Riporta qualsiasi tipo di problema."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2486
+#: release-manual.xml:2494
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2489
+#: release-manual.xml:2497
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2495
+#: release-manual.xml:2503
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -6624,7 +6685,7 @@ msgstr ""
"owners."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#: release-manual.xml:2506
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -6637,7 +6698,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any later version."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -6650,7 +6711,7 @@ msgstr ""
"more details."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2502
+#: release-manual.xml:2510
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -6661,17 +6722,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2507
+#: release-manual.xml:2515
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2509
+#: release-manual.xml:2517
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr "Version 2, June 1991"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2511
+#: release-manual.xml:2519
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -6684,12 +6745,12 @@ msgstr ""
"allowed."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2516
+#: release-manual.xml:2524
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2518
+#: release-manual.xml:2526
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -6712,7 +6773,7 @@ msgstr ""
"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2521
+#: release-manual.xml:2529
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -6729,7 +6790,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Program does."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -6748,7 +6809,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2526
+#: release-manual.xml:2534
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
@@ -6757,7 +6818,7 @@ msgstr ""
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2528
+#: release-manual.xml:2536
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -6770,7 +6831,7 @@ msgstr ""
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2531
+#: release-manual.xml:2539
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -6781,7 +6842,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any change."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2534
+#: release-manual.xml:2542
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -6794,7 +6855,7 @@ msgstr ""
"all third parties under the terms of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2537
+#: release-manual.xml:2545
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -6819,7 +6880,7 @@ msgstr ""
"print an announcement.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2542
+#: release-manual.xml:2550
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -6842,7 +6903,7 @@ msgstr ""
"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2544
+#: release-manual.xml:2552
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -6855,7 +6916,7 @@ msgstr ""
"based on the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2546
+#: release-manual.xml:2554
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -6868,7 +6929,7 @@ msgstr ""
"License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2548
+#: release-manual.xml:2556
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -6881,7 +6942,7 @@ msgstr ""
"also do one of the following:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2551
+#: release-manual.xml:2559
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -6894,7 +6955,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2554
+#: release-manual.xml:2562
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -6911,7 +6972,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2557
+#: release-manual.xml:2565
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -6926,7 +6987,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2562
+#: release-manual.xml:2570
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -6949,7 +7010,7 @@ msgstr ""
"component itself accompanies the executable."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2564
+#: release-manual.xml:2572
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -6964,7 +7025,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the object code."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2566
+#: release-manual.xml:2574
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -6983,7 +7044,7 @@ msgstr ""
"as such parties remain in full compliance."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2569
+#: release-manual.xml:2577
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -7004,7 +7065,7 @@ msgstr ""
"or works based on it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2572
+#: release-manual.xml:2580
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -7023,7 +7084,7 @@ msgstr ""
"this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2575
+#: release-manual.xml:2583
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -7052,7 +7113,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribution of the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2578
+#: release-manual.xml:2586
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -7063,7 +7124,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2580
+#: release-manual.xml:2588
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -7086,7 +7147,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licensee cannot impose that choice."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2582
+#: release-manual.xml:2590
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
@@ -7095,7 +7156,7 @@ msgstr ""
"consequence of the rest of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2584
+#: release-manual.xml:2592
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -7114,7 +7175,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2587
+#: release-manual.xml:2595
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -7127,7 +7188,7 @@ msgstr ""
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2590
+#: release-manual.xml:2598
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -7146,7 +7207,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Foundation."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2592
+#: release-manual.xml:2600
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -7167,12 +7228,12 @@ msgstr ""
"generally."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2595
+#: release-manual.xml:2603
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2598
+#: release-manual.xml:2606
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -7195,7 +7256,7 @@ msgstr ""
"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2601
+#: release-manual.xml:2609
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -7218,42 +7279,42 @@ msgstr ""
"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2607
+#: release-manual.xml:2615
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2613
+#: release-manual.xml:2621
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr "Appendice B - Debian Edu Live CD/DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2617
+#: release-manual.xml:2625
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr "Caratteristiche dell'immagine Standalone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2618
+#: release-manual.xml:2626
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti del profilo Standalone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2619
+#: release-manual.xml:2627
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti per il laptop"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2620
+#: release-manual.xml:2628
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr "Il profilo desktop KDE per studenti/allievi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2625
+#: release-manual.xml:2633
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr "Attivare traduzioni e il supporto regionale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2627
+#: release-manual.xml:2635
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -7273,122 +7334,122 @@ msgstr ""
"Segue l'elenco dei codici locali più usati:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2632
+#: release-manual.xml:2640
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Linguaggio (Regione)</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2636
+#: release-manual.xml:2644
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Valore locale </emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2640
+#: release-manual.xml:2648
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Layout di tastiera</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2645
+#: release-manual.xml:2653
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr "Norvegese Bokmål"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2648
+#: release-manual.xml:2656
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2651 release-manual.xml:2661
+#: release-manual.xml:2659 release-manual.xml:2669
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2655
+#: release-manual.xml:2663
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr "Norvegese Nynorsk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2658
+#: release-manual.xml:2666
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2665
+#: release-manual.xml:2673
msgid "German"
msgstr "Tedesco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2668
+#: release-manual.xml:2676
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2671
+#: release-manual.xml:2679
msgid "de"
msgstr "de"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2675
+#: release-manual.xml:2683
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr "Francese (Francia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2678
+#: release-manual.xml:2686
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2681
+#: release-manual.xml:2689
msgid "fr"
msgstr "fr"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2685
+#: release-manual.xml:2693
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr "Greco (Grecia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2688
+#: release-manual.xml:2696
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2691
+#: release-manual.xml:2699
msgid "el"
msgstr "el"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2695
+#: release-manual.xml:2703
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japanese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2698
+#: release-manual.xml:2706
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2701
+#: release-manual.xml:2709
msgid "jp"
msgstr "jp"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2705
+#: release-manual.xml:2713
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr "Northern Sami (Norvegia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2708
+#: release-manual.xml:2716
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr "se_NO"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2711
+#: release-manual.xml:2719
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr "no(smi)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2718
+#: release-manual.xml:2726
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -7401,32 +7462,33 @@ msgstr ""
"tastiera si trova in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2724
+#: release-manual.xml:2732
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr "Accorgimenti da conoscere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2725
+#: release-manual.xml:2733
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
-msgstr "la password per gli utenti è \"user\", root non ha una password selezionata."
+msgstr ""
+"la password per gli utenti è \"user\", root non ha una password selezionata."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2731
+#: release-manual.xml:2739
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr "Problemi noti con l'immagine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2732
+#: release-manual.xml:2740
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr "ancora niente di conosciuto."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2738
+#: release-manual.xml:2746
msgid "Download"
msgstr "Download"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2740
+#: release-manual.xml:2748
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
@@ -7436,4 +7498,3 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux."
"no/cd-etch-live/'>HTTP </ulink> o rsync da ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-"
"live/."
-
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
index d274b47..6e987ab 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-01-19 18:22+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-27 20:53+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-02-24 21:09+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Håvard Korsvoll <korsvoll at skulelinux.no>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <i18n-no at lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 utgivelsesmanual"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2497
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2501
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manual for utgivelsen av Debian Edu etch 3.0 kodenavn \"Terra\""
@@ -36,19 +36,21 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-01-19</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-27</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Dette dokumentet ble plassert i pakken <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</"
"computeroutput> på tidspunktet <computeroutput>2008-01-19</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:11
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
-"Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> is a "
-"wiki and updated frequently."
+"The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+"Etch'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> is a wiki "
+"and updated frequently."
msgstr ""
"Versjonen på <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
"Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch </ulink> er en "
@@ -835,7 +837,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:189
-msgid "- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
+msgid ""
+"- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
msgstr "- tilgang til hjemmeområder (*~/.)? - hjemmeområder - delte områder?"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
@@ -1366,8 +1369,8 @@ msgstr ""
"fungere <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1459 release-manual.xml:2236
-#: release-manual.xml:2271 release-manual.xml:2351
+#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1471 release-manual.xml:2249
+#: release-manual.xml:2284 release-manual.xml:2353
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -1588,7 +1591,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vil diskutere hvordan du får betalt<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1881
+#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1890
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
@@ -1761,7 +1764,8 @@ msgstr "Velg en tidsone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:506
msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (usually the countrys default is fine)"
-msgstr "Velg et tastaturoppsett (vanligvis er standardoppsettet for landet ditt bra)"
+msgstr ""
+"Velg et tastaturoppsett (vanligvis er standardoppsettet for landet ditt bra)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:508
@@ -1875,7 +1879,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:530
-msgid "say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
+msgid ""
+"say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
msgstr ""
"si ja til automatisk partisjonering, det vil ødelegge alle data på "
"harddiskene!"
@@ -1997,85 +2002,111 @@ msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local\n"
"]]"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:577
+msgid "Custom CD/DVDs"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:579
+msgid ""
+"Creating custom CDs or DVDs is quite easily possible, since we use the "
+"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/'>debian installer </"
+"ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. [ <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"DebianInstaller/Preseed </ulink> Preseeding] allows to define answers to the "
+"questions normally asked."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:583
+msgid ""
+"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this "
+"is described in the appendix of the debian installer manual) and <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD'>remaster the CD/DVD </"
+"ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:578
-msgid "Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
+#: release-manual.xml:590
+msgid ""
+"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
"Skjermbilder fra en installasjon av hovedtjener + tynnklienttjener på en "
"i386-maskin."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:581
+#: release-manual.xml:593
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:587
+#: release-manual.xml:599
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:593
+#: release-manual.xml:605
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:599
+#: release-manual.xml:611
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:605
+#: release-manual.xml:617
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:611
+#: release-manual.xml:623
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:617
+#: release-manual.xml:629
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:623
+#: release-manual.xml:635
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:629
+#: release-manual.xml:641
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:635
+#: release-manual.xml:647
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:641
+#: release-manual.xml:653
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:647
+#: release-manual.xml:659
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:653
+#: release-manual.xml:665
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:659
+#: release-manual.xml:671
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:664
+#: release-manual.xml:676
msgid ""
"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
"screen shot."
@@ -2084,17 +2115,17 @@ msgstr ""
"skjermbildet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:667
+#: release-manual.xml:679
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:676
+#: release-manual.xml:688
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr "Komme igang"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:678
+#: release-manual.xml:690
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
@@ -2103,7 +2134,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installasjonen for å komme igang. Det minste du må gjøre er:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:679
+#: release-manual.xml:691
msgid ""
"adding workstations to host netgroups (for exporting home-directories via "
"NFS)"
@@ -2112,12 +2143,12 @@ msgstr ""
"via NFS)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:680
+#: release-manual.xml:692
msgid "adding users"
msgstr "legge til brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:681
+#: release-manual.xml:693
msgid ""
"it's advised to add the workstations to the dhcpd-config - LTSP-servers must "
"be added."
@@ -2126,12 +2157,12 @@ msgstr ""
"må legges til."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:684
+#: release-manual.xml:696
msgid "This is described below."
msgstr "Dette er beskrevet nedenfor."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:686
+#: release-manual.xml:698
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter describes more tips and "
"tricks and frequently asked questions, while this chapter describes the "
@@ -2141,17 +2172,17 @@ msgstr ""
"triks og vanlige spørsmål. Mens dette kapittelet beskriver det alle må vite."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:689
+#: release-manual.xml:701
msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:696
+#: release-manual.xml:708
msgid "Services running on the main server"
msgstr "Tjenester som kjører på hovedtjeneren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:698
+#: release-manual.xml:710
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
@@ -2160,12 +2191,12 @@ msgstr ""
"nettgrensesnitt. Vi vil beskrive hver tjeneste her."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:702
+#: release-manual.xml:714
msgid "Web based management, using lwat"
msgstr "Brukeradministrasjon via nettleser med lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:704
+#: release-manual.xml:716
msgid ""
"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
"important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
@@ -2176,27 +2207,27 @@ msgstr ""
"hovedgruppene (legge til, endre, slette):"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:705
+#: release-manual.xml:717
msgid "User Administration"
msgstr "Brukeradministrasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:706
+#: release-manual.xml:718
msgid "Group Administration"
msgstr "Gruppeadministrasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:707
+#: release-manual.xml:719
msgid "Automount informations"
msgstr "Automonteringsinformasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:708
+#: release-manual.xml:720
msgid "Machine Administration"
msgstr "Maskinadministrasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:711
+#: release-manual.xml:723
msgid ""
"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. You will get an error message, because of "
@@ -2207,17 +2238,17 @@ msgstr ""
"på grunn av minst to ting:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:713
+#: release-manual.xml:725
msgid "the certificate is self-signed"
msgstr "sertifikatet er selvsignert"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:714
+#: release-manual.xml:726
msgid "The certificate is generated for tjener.intern"
msgstr "sertifikatet er laget for tjener.intern"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:715
+#: release-manual.xml:727
msgid ""
"you may also get an error if the installation is more than one month old, "
"since the certificate is only valid for one month."
@@ -2226,7 +2257,7 @@ msgstr ""
"siden sertifikatet er gyldig i bare en måned."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:718
+#: release-manual.xml:730
msgid ""
"When you have neglected the warnings (or fixed them...), you will see the "
"page below with the menu fixed to the left part and the varying main part on "
@@ -2241,25 +2272,26 @@ msgstr ""
"etter installasjon er innloggingsnavnet der:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:719
+#: release-manual.xml:731
#, no-wrap
msgid "admin]]"
msgstr "admin]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:721
+#: release-manual.xml:733
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
-msgstr "og passordet er passordet du skrev inn under installasjonen for root-kontoen."
+msgstr ""
+"og passordet er passordet du skrev inn under installasjonen for root-kontoen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:724
+#: release-manual.xml:736
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:729
+#: release-manual.xml:741
msgid ""
"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
"menu."
@@ -2268,12 +2300,12 @@ msgstr ""
"i menyen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:734
+#: release-manual.xml:746
msgid "User Management with lwat"
msgstr "Brukeradministrasjon med lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:736
+#: release-manual.xml:748
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -2288,7 +2320,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tilgjengelig i hele nettverket."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:738
+#: release-manual.xml:750
msgid ""
"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
"data entered to the LDAP directory."
@@ -2297,7 +2329,7 @@ msgstr ""
"data lagt inn i LDAP-katalogen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:740
+#: release-manual.xml:752
msgid ""
"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
@@ -2309,12 +2341,12 @@ msgstr ""
"øverste gruppene)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:744
+#: release-manual.xml:756
msgid "Adding users"
msgstr "Legge til brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:746
+#: release-manual.xml:758
msgid ""
"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -2337,42 +2369,42 @@ msgstr ""
"systemadministrasjon. For tiden vet lwat om disse rollene:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:748
+#: release-manual.xml:760
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>role </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>rolle</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:752
+#: release-manual.xml:764
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>granted privileges </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>gi privilegier</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:757
+#: release-manual.xml:769
msgid "Students"
msgstr "Studenter"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:760
+#: release-manual.xml:772
msgid "Login and use the system"
msgstr "Innlogging og bruk av systemet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:764
+#: release-manual.xml:776
msgid "Teachers"
msgstr "Lærere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:767
+#: release-manual.xml:779
msgid "Same as Students"
msgstr "Samme som for studenter"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:771
+#: release-manual.xml:783
msgid "jrAdmins"
msgstr "jr. Administratorer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:774
+#: release-manual.xml:786
msgid ""
"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
"of Admins)"
@@ -2381,12 +2413,12 @@ msgstr ""
"sine passord)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:778
+#: release-manual.xml:790
msgid "Admins"
msgstr "Administratorer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:781
+#: release-manual.xml:793
msgid ""
"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/"
"machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
@@ -2396,7 +2428,7 @@ msgstr ""
"med i Skolelinux-domenet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:788
+#: release-manual.xml:800
msgid ""
"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
"is added."
@@ -2405,7 +2437,7 @@ msgstr ""
"blir lagt til."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:790
+#: release-manual.xml:802
msgid ""
"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
@@ -2414,12 +2446,12 @@ msgstr ""
"kan sette et passord selv ved å endre på brukeren du har lagt til."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:793
+#: release-manual.xml:805
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:798
+#: release-manual.xml:810
msgid ""
"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
@@ -2428,7 +2460,7 @@ msgstr ""
"til i ldap-katalogen (skjemaet blir også tømt):"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:801
+#: release-manual.xml:813
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -2442,12 +2474,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:809
+#: release-manual.xml:821
msgid "Search and delete Users"
msgstr "Søk etter og slett brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:811
+#: release-manual.xml:823
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -2467,12 +2499,12 @@ msgstr ""
"resultatlinjer er linker til endringsiden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:814
+#: release-manual.xml:826
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:819
+#: release-manual.xml:831
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
@@ -2483,17 +2515,17 @@ msgstr ""
"hører til."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:822
+#: release-manual.xml:834
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:831
+#: release-manual.xml:843
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gruppehåndtering med lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:833
+#: release-manual.xml:845
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -2506,7 +2538,7 @@ msgstr ""
"endringsiden har du tilgang til alle brukerne i denne gruppen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:835
+#: release-manual.xml:847
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
@@ -2515,12 +2547,12 @@ msgstr ""
"du kan bruke dem til filrettigheter også."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:840
+#: release-manual.xml:852
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr "Maskinhåndtering med lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:842
+#: release-manual.xml:854
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -2537,7 +2569,7 @@ msgstr ""
"denne manualen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:844
+#: release-manual.xml:856
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
@@ -2546,67 +2578,67 @@ msgstr ""
"forhåndsoppsatte adresseområdet. Disse ip-områdene er forhåndsoppsatt:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:846
+#: release-manual.xml:858
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>First address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Første adresse</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:850
+#: release-manual.xml:862
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Last address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Siste adresse</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:854
+#: release-manual.xml:866
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>hostname </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>vertsnavn</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:859
+#: release-manual.xml:871
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr "10.0.2.10"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:862
+#: release-manual.xml:874
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr "10.0.2.29"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:865
+#: release-manual.xml:877
msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:871
+#: release-manual.xml:883
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr "10.0.2.30"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:874
+#: release-manual.xml:886
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr "10.0.2.49"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:877
+#: release-manual.xml:889
msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:883
+#: release-manual.xml:895
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr "10.0.2.50"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:886
+#: release-manual.xml:898
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr "10.0.2.99"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:889
+#: release-manual.xml:901
msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'></emphasis></emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:898
+#: release-manual.xml:910
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
@@ -2615,7 +2647,7 @@ msgstr ""
"reservert for dhcp og blir tildelt dynamisk."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:900
+#: release-manual.xml:912
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -2628,21 +2660,20 @@ msgstr ""
"oppsettet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:903
+#: release-manual.xml:915
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:909 release-manual.xml:942 release-manual.xml:978
-#: release-manual.xml:1074 release-manual.xml:1685 release-manual.xml:1696
-#: release-manual.xml:1722 release-manual.xml:1824 release-manual.xml:1849
-#: release-manual.xml:1856 release-manual.xml:2189 release-manual.xml:2203
-#: release-manual.xml:2218
+#: release-manual.xml:921 release-manual.xml:954 release-manual.xml:990
+#: release-manual.xml:1086 release-manual.xml:1724 release-manual.xml:1831
+#: release-manual.xml:1856 release-manual.xml:1863 release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2216 release-manual.xml:2231
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:912
+#: release-manual.xml:924
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -2653,12 +2684,12 @@ msgstr ""
"hånd som vist direkte under."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:916
+#: release-manual.xml:928
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr "Tildele statiske ip-adresser med dhcp"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:918
+#: release-manual.xml:930
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
@@ -2671,7 +2702,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> som root."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:922
+#: release-manual.xml:934
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -2682,7 +2713,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>static00</emphasis>. Du skal finne noe som er som dette:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:926
+#: release-manual.xml:938
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2698,7 +2729,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:932
+#: release-manual.xml:944
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
@@ -2707,7 +2738,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vår eksempelvert vil det se ut som dette:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:935
+#: release-manual.xml:947
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2723,7 +2754,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:945
+#: release-manual.xml:957
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
@@ -2732,55 +2763,67 @@ msgstr ""
"du endrer oppsettet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:950
+#: release-manual.xml:962
msgid "Search and delete machines"
msgstr "Søk etter og slett maskiner"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:952
+#: release-manual.xml:964
msgid ""
"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching and "
"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here."
-msgstr "Søk etter og slette maskiner er ganske likt søking og sletting av brukere, så den informasjonen blir ikke gjentatt her."
+msgstr ""
+"Søk etter og slette maskiner er ganske likt søking og sletting av brukere, "
+"så den informasjonen blir ikke gjentatt her."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:957
+#: release-manual.xml:969
msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management"
msgstr "Endre eksisterende maskiner / nettgruppehåndtering"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:959
+#: release-manual.xml:971
msgid ""
"After adding a machine to the ldap tree using lwat, you can modify its "
"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the right entry "
"(as you would with users)."
-msgstr "Etter å ha lagt til en maskin til ldap-treet ved bruka av lwat, kan du endre maskinens egenskaper ved å bruke søkefunksjonaliteten og klikke på den oppføringen du vil endre (slik du ville gjort med brukere)."
+msgstr ""
+"Etter å ha lagt til en maskin til ldap-treet ved bruka av lwat, kan du endre "
+"maskinens egenskaper ved å bruke søkefunksjonaliteten og klikke på den "
+"oppføringen du vil endre (slik du ville gjort med brukere)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:962
+#: release-manual.xml:974
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:967
+#: release-manual.xml:979
msgid ""
"The form that is behind this machine links is in one way similar to the one "
"you already know from modifying user entries, but in an other way the "
"informations do mean different things in this context."
-msgstr "Skjemaet som du får ved å klikke på en maskinlenke er på en måte likt det du allerede kjenner fra redigering av brukeroppføringer, men på en annen måte har informasjonen andre betydninger i denne konteksten."
+msgstr ""
+"Skjemaet som du får ved å klikke på en maskinlenke er på en måte likt det du "
+"allerede kjenner fra redigering av brukeroppføringer, men på en annen måte "
+"har informasjonen andre betydninger i denne konteksten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:969
+#: release-manual.xml:981
msgid ""
"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup </"
"computeroutput> does not modify the permissions one machine (or the users "
"logged into that machine) has on accessing files or programs on the server. "
"It is more that it restricts the services a machine can use on your main-"
"server."
-msgstr "For eksempel, å legge en maskin til en <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> vil ikke endre rettighetene en maskin (eller brukerne som er logget inn på maskinen) har til filer eller programmer på tjeneren. Det er mer det at det begrenser tjenestene en maskin kan bruke på hovedtjeneren."
+msgstr ""
+"For eksempel, å legge en maskin til en <computeroutput>NetGroup</"
+"computeroutput> vil ikke endre rettighetene en maskin (eller brukerne som er "
+"logget inn på maskinen) har til filer eller programmer på tjeneren. Det er "
+"mer det at det begrenser tjenestene en maskin kan bruke på hovedtjeneren."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:972
+#: release-manual.xml:984
msgid ""
"The default installation provides the four <computeroutput>NetGroups </"
"computeroutput> printer-hosts, workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and "
@@ -2795,14 +2838,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:981
+#: release-manual.xml:993
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to configure workstations and ldap-servers "
"properly with lwat, or you users can't access their homedirs."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:983
+#: release-manual.xml:995
msgid ""
"Another important part of the machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag "
"(in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows "
@@ -2813,12 +2856,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:988
+#: release-manual.xml:1000
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr "Mer lwat dokumentasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:990
+#: release-manual.xml:1002
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url='http://bzz.no/"
@@ -2829,12 +2872,12 @@ msgstr ""
"lwat/download/doc/'>på nettet</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:998
+#: release-manual.xml:1010
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr "Skriverhåndtering"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1000
+#: release-manual.xml:1012
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://"
"www:631'>https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups management site "
@@ -2849,7 +2892,7 @@ msgstr ""
"blir du tvunget til å bruke ssl-kryptering."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1003
+#: release-manual.xml:1015
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -2860,12 +2903,12 @@ msgstr ""
"skal gjøre når dette ikke fører til noe."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1009
+#: release-manual.xml:1021
msgid "Clock synchronization"
msgstr "Klokkesynkronisering"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1011
+#: release-manual.xml:1023
msgid ""
"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
@@ -2884,7 +2927,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hele tiden, noe som gav dem en saftig telefonregning."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1013
+#: release-manual.xml:1025
msgid ""
"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
@@ -2902,12 +2945,12 @@ msgstr ""
"kjøre <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1021
+#: release-manual.xml:1033
msgid "Extend full partitions"
msgstr "Utvide full partisjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1023
+#: release-manual.xml:1035
msgid ""
"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
@@ -2922,17 +2965,17 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Administration\">administrasjonsveiledninger</link> for mer informasjon."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1031
+#: release-manual.xml:1043
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr "Vedlikehold"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1035
+#: release-manual.xml:1047
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr "Oppdatere programvaren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1037
+#: release-manual.xml:1049
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
@@ -2941,7 +2984,7 @@ msgstr ""
"upgrade</computeroutput> og kde-update-notifier."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1040
+#: release-manual.xml:1052
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -2956,7 +2999,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(oppgraderer pakker som har tilgjengelige oppdateringer)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1045
+#: release-manual.xml:1057
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
@@ -2965,7 +3008,7 @@ msgstr ""
"FIXME: Forklar hvordan, kanskje med et skjermbilde."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1047
+#: release-manual.xml:1059
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -2976,7 +3019,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de opp til å sende e-post til en adresse du leser."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1051
+#: release-manual.xml:1063
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -2990,7 +3033,7 @@ msgstr ""
"upgrade</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1055
+#: release-manual.xml:1067
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
@@ -2999,12 +3042,12 @@ msgstr ""
"oppføringer til deg."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1061
+#: release-manual.xml:1073
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr "Håndtering av sikkerhetskopier"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1063
+#: release-manual.xml:1075
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
@@ -3018,7 +3061,7 @@ msgstr ""
"uten bruk av ssl vil du mislykkes."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1066
+#: release-manual.xml:1078
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> and the ldap to /"
@@ -3031,7 +3074,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ganger (viss du sletter noe), så er dette oppsettet greit for deg."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1070
+#: release-manual.xml:1082
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
@@ -3040,7 +3083,7 @@ msgstr ""
"viss du installerer fra etch-test i dag.(FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1077
+#: release-manual.xml:1089
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
"failing harddrives."
@@ -3049,7 +3092,7 @@ msgstr ""
"beskytter deg mot harddisker som går i stykker."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1079
+#: release-manual.xml:1091
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
"another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit."
@@ -3058,24 +3101,24 @@ msgstr ""
"stasjon eller en annen harddisk, så må du endre oppsettet lite granne."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1080
+#: release-manual.xml:1092
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1086
+#: release-manual.xml:1098
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr "Tjenerovervåkning"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1090
+#: release-manual.xml:1102
msgid "Munin"
msgstr "Munin"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1092
+#: release-manual.xml:1104
msgid ""
"Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url='https://www/"
"munin/'>https://www/munin/ </ulink>. It provides system status measurement "
@@ -3089,7 +3132,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hjelp til å se etter flaskehalser og kilde for systemproblemer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1095
+#: release-manual.xml:1107
msgid ""
"The list of machines being monitored using munin is generated automatically "
"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the "
@@ -3113,7 +3156,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hovedtjeneren)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1099
+#: release-manual.xml:1111
msgid ""
"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url='http://"
"munin.projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> ."
@@ -3122,12 +3165,12 @@ msgstr ""
"projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1105
+#: release-manual.xml:1117
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr "Nagios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1107
+#: release-manual.xml:1119
msgid ""
"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url='https://"
"www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
@@ -3136,7 +3179,7 @@ msgstr ""
"www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1110
+#: release-manual.xml:1122
msgid ""
"The username is nagiosadmin and the password is undefined, you must set your "
"own password before you can login and use nagios. For security reasons, "
@@ -3149,7 +3192,7 @@ msgstr ""
"følgende kommando som root:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1113
+#: release-manual.xml:1125
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"htpasswd /etc/nagios2/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin\n"
@@ -3159,7 +3202,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1116
+#: release-manual.xml:1128
msgid ""
"By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be "
"changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> "
@@ -3174,7 +3217,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nagios2/debian-edu/contacts.cfg</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1122
+#: release-manual.xml:1134
msgid ""
"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink url='http://www."
"nagios.org/'>http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> or in the "
@@ -3185,12 +3228,12 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>nagios2-doc</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1129
+#: release-manual.xml:1141
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr "Sitesummary"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1131
+#: release-manual.xml:1143
msgid ""
"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url='https://www/"
"sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
@@ -3199,7 +3242,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1134
+#: release-manual.xml:1146
msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url='http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
@@ -3210,12 +3253,12 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1142
+#: release-manual.xml:1154
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr "Oppgraderinger"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1144
+#: release-manual.xml:1156
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian Edu/"
@@ -3230,7 +3273,7 @@ msgstr ""
"du starter å oppgradere."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1147
+#: release-manual.xml:1159
msgid ""
"More <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -3241,7 +3284,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tilgjengelig i dens installasjonsmanual."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1150
+#: release-manual.xml:1162
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -3254,7 +3297,7 @@ msgstr ""
"se om alt fungerer som det skal."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1152
+#: release-manual.xml:1164
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
"weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document "
@@ -3271,19 +3314,20 @@ msgstr ""
"2008."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1157
+#: release-manual.xml:1169
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr "Oppgraderinger fra Debian Edu sarge"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1159
-msgid "Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
+#: release-manual.xml:1171
+msgid ""
+"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
"Vær snill og les hele dette kapittelet før du starter å oppgradere systemet "
"ditt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1161
+#: release-manual.xml:1173
msgid ""
"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url='http://www.debian."
"org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>releasenotes for Debian etch </ulink>. "
@@ -3302,12 +3346,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> før du oppgraderer!)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1168
+#: release-manual.xml:1180
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr "Endret partisjoneringsopplegg"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1170
+#: release-manual.xml:1182
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -3318,17 +3362,18 @@ msgstr ""
"systemet har to grupperte dataområder:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1171
+#: release-manual.xml:1183
msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
msgstr "vg_data som holder datapartisjoner som /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1172
+#: release-manual.xml:1184
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
-msgstr "vg_system inneholder systempartisjoner som /var, /usr, /var/spool/squid"
+msgstr ""
+"vg_system inneholder systempartisjoner som /var, /usr, /var/spool/squid"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1175
+#: release-manual.xml:1187
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
@@ -3337,7 +3382,7 @@ msgstr ""
"interne endringer i installasjonsprogrammet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#: release-manual.xml:1189
msgid ""
"The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the "
"data in this partition is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on a "
@@ -3356,12 +3401,12 @@ msgstr ""
"enheten."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1182
+#: release-manual.xml:1194
msgid "Prepare the system"
msgstr "Forberede systemet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1184
+#: release-manual.xml:1196
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
"partition, you have to resize this partition:"
@@ -3370,7 +3415,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partisjonen, så må du endre størrelse på denne partisjonen:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1186
+#: release-manual.xml:1198
msgid ""
"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
"have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </computeroutput> "
@@ -3381,7 +3426,7 @@ msgstr ""
"for at dette skal fungere:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1189
+#: release-manual.xml:1201
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -3393,45 +3438,45 @@ msgstr ""
"umount -fl /var ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1194
+#: release-manual.xml:1206
msgid "2.) fsck the partition:"
msgstr "2.) kjør fsck på partisjonen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1194
+#: release-manual.xml:1206
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1209
msgid "3.) resize the partition:"
msgstr "3.) endre størrelse på partisjonen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1209
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1200
+#: release-manual.xml:1212
msgid "4.) resize the filesystem:"
msgstr "4.) endre størrelse på filsystemet:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1200
+#: release-manual.xml:1212
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1203
+#: release-manual.xml:1215
msgid "5.) mount the partitions again:"
msgstr "5.) monter partisjonene igjen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1203
+#: release-manual.xml:1215
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -3443,7 +3488,7 @@ msgstr ""
"/etc/init.d/squid start ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1211
+#: release-manual.xml:1223
msgid ""
"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
"contain these lines"
@@ -3452,7 +3497,7 @@ msgstr ""
"at de inneholder disse linjene"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1213
+#: release-manual.xml:1225
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
@@ -3464,12 +3509,12 @@ msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1219
+#: release-manual.xml:1231
msgid "And start the upgrade with:"
msgstr "Nå kan du starte oppgraderingen med:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1220
+#: release-manual.xml:1232
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -3479,12 +3524,12 @@ msgstr ""
"aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1228
+#: release-manual.xml:1240
msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr "Svar på Debconf-spørsmålene under oppgraderingen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1230
+#: release-manual.xml:1242
msgid ""
"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
@@ -3495,7 +3540,7 @@ msgstr ""
"oppgradering av en enkel nyinstallert hovedtjener + tynnklienttjener."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1232
+#: release-manual.xml:1244
msgid ""
"Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
"depends on what is additionally installed on your system. (Additionally to "
@@ -3513,12 +3558,12 @@ msgstr ""
"debian.org</ulink> eller på IRC (irc.oftc.net):#debian-edu."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1235
+#: release-manual.xml:1247
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr "* Sette opp nagios-common."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1237
+#: release-manual.xml:1249
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
@@ -3527,42 +3572,42 @@ msgstr ""
"brukeren."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1242
+#: release-manual.xml:1254
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr "* Sette opp console-data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1243
+#: release-manual.xml:1255
msgid "Choose \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
msgstr "Velg «Ikke endre tastaturoppsett»"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1246
+#: release-manual.xml:1258
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr "* Sette opp openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1247
+#: release-manual.xml:1259
msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
msgstr "Ikke slå av utfordring/svar-autentisering."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1250
+#: release-manual.xml:1262
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr "* Sette opp systat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1251
+#: release-manual.xml:1263
msgid "Choose the default (yes) here."
msgstr "Velg standard (ja) her."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1254
+#: release-manual.xml:1266
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr "* Sette opp popularity-contest"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1255
+#: release-manual.xml:1267
msgid ""
"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
@@ -3573,47 +3618,48 @@ msgstr ""
"samlet inn anonymt og du har mulighet til å si «nei»."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1258
+#: release-manual.xml:1270
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr "* Sette opp libnss-ldap"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1260
+#: release-manual.xml:1272
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr "Endre pompt til: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1264
-msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:1276
+msgid ""
+"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr "Endre promptet til: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1267
+#: release-manual.xml:1279
msgid "Use ldapversion 3 here"
msgstr "Bruk ldapversion 3 her"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1268
+#: release-manual.xml:1280
msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1269
+#: release-manual.xml:1281
msgid "Which password should root use here FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1272
+#: release-manual.xml:1284
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Oppgrader glibc nå. Svar «ja»."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1274
+#: release-manual.xml:1286
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Starte tjenester på nytt. Svar «ja»."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1276
+#: release-manual.xml:1288
msgid ""
"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
"packages installed."
@@ -3622,12 +3668,12 @@ msgstr ""
"installert."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1278
+#: release-manual.xml:1290
msgid "Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages."
msgstr "Nå vil oppgraderingsprosessen starte med å oppgradere pakker."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1280
+#: release-manual.xml:1292
msgid ""
"Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
"modified version of a configfile or if you want to get the latest. The "
@@ -3640,12 +3686,12 @@ msgstr ""
"virkelig har endret noe, så må du svare: «Installer de siste»."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1282
+#: release-manual.xml:1294
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr "Oppgradringer feiler med denne feilmeldingen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1283
+#: release-manual.xml:1295
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3661,7 +3707,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1289
+#: release-manual.xml:1301
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -3676,33 +3722,33 @@ msgstr ""
"Så kan du starte oppgraderingsprosessen på nytt:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1293
+#: release-manual.xml:1305
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1295
+#: release-manual.xml:1307
msgid "Now the upgrade continues:"
msgstr "Nå skal oppgraderingen fortsette:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1297
+#: release-manual.xml:1309
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr "* Flere modifiserte oppsettsfiler (nagios)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1298
+#: release-manual.xml:1310
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
msgstr "Du bør alltid ta vare på de installerte (standard) og trykke enter"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1301
+#: release-manual.xml:1313
msgid "Then the installation failes another time:"
msgstr "Så feiler installasjonen en gang til:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1302
+#: release-manual.xml:1314
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3716,7 +3762,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1307
+#: release-manual.xml:1319
msgid ""
"In order to fix this, rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since openldap now runs "
@@ -3729,7 +3775,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filrettighetene til oppsettfilene endres:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1310
+#: release-manual.xml:1322
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -3739,7 +3785,7 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1313
+#: release-manual.xml:1325
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role='strong'>without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
@@ -3750,18 +3796,18 @@ msgstr ""
"upgrade prosessen igjen med:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1315
+#: release-manual.xml:1327
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1317
+#: release-manual.xml:1329
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr "Den neste feilen som dukker opp er denne:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1318
+#: release-manual.xml:1330
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3773,23 +3819,25 @@ msgstr ""
"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1322
+#: release-manual.xml:1334
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr "Du må fjerne pakken: <emphasis>courier-ldap</emphasis> med kommandoen"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1324
+#: release-manual.xml:1336
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1326
-msgid "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
-msgstr "og vente til den blir ferdig. Så kan du starte dist-upgrade prosessen igjen."
+#: release-manual.xml:1338
+msgid ""
+"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
+msgstr ""
+"og vente til den blir ferdig. Så kan du starte dist-upgrade prosessen igjen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1328
+#: release-manual.xml:1340
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
@@ -3798,12 +3846,12 @@ msgstr ""
"nå gjøre seg ferdig uten flere feil."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1333
+#: release-manual.xml:1345
msgid "Problem upgrading bind"
msgstr "Problem med oppgradering av bind"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1335
+#: release-manual.xml:1347
msgid ""
"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
@@ -3812,13 +3860,13 @@ msgstr ""
"endret, så du må kjøre chown på alle bind-oppsettsfiler."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1336
+#: release-manual.xml:1348
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1338
+#: release-manual.xml:1350
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?"
"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for more information."
@@ -3827,12 +3875,12 @@ msgstr ""
"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for mer informasjon."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1344
+#: release-manual.xml:1356
msgid "Samba groupmaps handeling changed"
msgstr "Håndtering av samba gruppekart (groupmaps) er endret"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1346
+#: release-manual.xml:1358
msgid ""
"There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
"etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also "
@@ -3847,7 +3895,7 @@ msgstr ""
"administrasjonsverktøy «lwat» ble oppdatert for dette."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1348
+#: release-manual.xml:1360
msgid ""
"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
@@ -3858,7 +3906,7 @@ msgstr ""
"samba-domene håndtering. Opprett domeneadministrasjonskontoen med kommandoen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1349
+#: release-manual.xml:1361
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
@@ -3872,7 +3920,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1354
+#: release-manual.xml:1366
msgid ""
"If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, "
"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
@@ -3885,12 +3933,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Nettverksklienter</link> i denne manualen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1360
+#: release-manual.xml:1372
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr "Oppgraderinger fra eldre Debian Edu / Skolelinux-installasjoner"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1362
+#: release-manual.xml:1374
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
@@ -3905,41 +3953,43 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>. Oppgrader så til Terra (etch-basert utgivelse)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1369
+#: release-manual.xml:1381
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr "Veiledning"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1371
-msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
+#: release-manual.xml:1383
+msgid ""
+"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
msgstr ""
"Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"Administration\">generell administrasjon</"
"link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1374
+#: release-manual.xml:1386
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
msgstr "Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">skrivebordet</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1377
+#: release-manual.xml:1389
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
-msgstr "Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">nettverksklienter</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">nettverksklienter</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1380
+#: release-manual.xml:1392
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
msgstr ""
"Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">undervisning og læring</"
"link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1387
+#: release-manual.xml:1399
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
msgstr "Veiledninger for generell administrasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1389
+#: release-manual.xml:1401
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
"linkend=\"Maintainance\">Maintainance</link> chapters describe how to get "
@@ -3952,42 +4002,44 @@ msgstr ""
"i dette kapittelet er allerede \"avanserte\" tips og triks."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1395
-msgid "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
-msgstr "Installere egne maskiner for enkelte tjenster for å avlaste hovetjeneren"
+#: release-manual.xml:1407
+msgid ""
+"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
+msgstr ""
+"Installere egne maskiner for enkelte tjenster for å avlaste hovetjeneren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1396
+#: release-manual.xml:1408
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
msgstr "barebone installasjon ved bruk av debian-edu-expert"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1397
+#: release-manual.xml:1409
msgid "install the packages for the service"
msgstr "installer pakkene for tjenesten"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1398
+#: release-manual.xml:1410
msgid "configure the service"
msgstr "sette opp tjenesten"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1399
+#: release-manual.xml:1411
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
msgstr "slå av tjenesten på hovedtjeneren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1400
+#: release-manual.xml:1412
msgid "update dns on main-server"
msgstr "oppdatere dns på hovedtjeneren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1406
+#: release-manual.xml:1418
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
msgstr "Versjonsporing av /etc/ ved hjelp av svk versjonskontrollsystem"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1408
+#: release-manual.xml:1420
msgid ""
"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </"
"computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
@@ -4005,7 +4057,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1413
+#: release-manual.xml:1425
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
@@ -4016,12 +4068,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Endringer i <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> blir meldt inn hver time."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1416
+#: release-manual.xml:1428
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr "Liste over nyttige kommandoer:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1417
+#: release-manual.xml:1429
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -4039,12 +4091,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1426
+#: release-manual.xml:1438
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr "Eksempel på bruk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1428
+#: release-manual.xml:1440
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
@@ -4053,7 +4105,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gjort siden systemet ble installert:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1431
+#: release-manual.xml:1443
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
@@ -4063,12 +4115,13 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1434
+#: release-manual.xml:1446
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
-msgstr "For å se listen over endringer som er gjort i /etc/, bruk denne kommandoen:"
+msgstr ""
+"For å se listen over endringer som er gjort i /etc/, bruk denne kommandoen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1437
+#: release-manual.xml:1449
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
@@ -4078,12 +4131,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1440
+#: release-manual.xml:1452
msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
msgstr "For å se endringer som er gjort i en spesiell fil, oppgi filen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1443
+#: release-manual.xml:1455
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
@@ -4093,7 +4146,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1446
+#: release-manual.xml:1458
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
@@ -4103,7 +4156,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dette for å gjøre det automatisk:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1449
+#: release-manual.xml:1461
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -4113,12 +4166,13 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1452
-msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1464
+msgid ""
+"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr "For å melde inn en fil manuelt, fordi du ikke vil vente en time:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1455
+#: release-manual.xml:1467
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf \n"
@@ -4128,7 +4182,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1458
+#: release-manual.xml:1470
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -4137,7 +4191,7 @@ msgstr ""
"den om å ignorere den. Men det er sjelden nyttig <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1465
+#: release-manual.xml:1477
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored \n"
@@ -4147,12 +4201,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1471
+#: release-manual.xml:1483
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr "For de som oppgraderte fra sarge/woody"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1473
+#: release-manual.xml:1485
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -4163,7 +4217,7 @@ msgstr ""
"følgende kommando kjørt som root:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1476
+#: release-manual.xml:1488
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -4173,7 +4227,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1479
+#: release-manual.xml:1491
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
@@ -4182,12 +4236,12 @@ msgstr ""
"innmeldingsjobben (cron)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1485
+#: release-manual.xml:1497
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr "Endre størrelse på partisjoner"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1487
+#: release-manual.xml:1499
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -4202,7 +4256,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mens partisjonen er avmontert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1489
+#: release-manual.xml:1501
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -4217,7 +4271,7 @@ msgstr ""
"å lage flere mindre partisjoner enn en svært stor en."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1491
+#: release-manual.xml:1503
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
@@ -4241,12 +4295,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> trengs for faktisk å utvide filsystemet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1500
+#: release-manual.xml:1512
msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
msgstr "Håndtering av logiske dataområder"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1502
+#: release-manual.xml:1514
msgid ""
"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink "
@@ -4257,7 +4311,7 @@ msgstr ""
"url='http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1505
+#: release-manual.xml:1517
msgid ""
"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
"<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
@@ -4265,12 +4319,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1508
+#: release-manual.xml:1520
msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1509
+#: release-manual.xml:1521
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0 \n"
@@ -4278,12 +4332,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1516
+#: release-manual.xml:1528
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr "Bruker volatile.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1518
+#: release-manual.xml:1530
msgid ""
"Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
@@ -4294,17 +4348,17 @@ msgstr ""
"på standardinstallasjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1523
+#: release-manual.xml:1535
msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr "Hva er debian-volatile?"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1525
+#: release-manual.xml:1537
msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Siterer fra nettsiden:</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1527
+#: release-manual.xml:1539
msgid ""
"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -4324,12 +4378,12 @@ msgstr ""
"være funksjonelle."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1533
+#: release-manual.xml:1545
msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr "Hvordan bruke volatile"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1535
+#: release-manual.xml:1547
msgid ""
"Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
"archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
@@ -4341,7 +4395,7 @@ msgstr ""
"list</computeroutput>:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1540
+#: release-manual.xml:1552
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -4351,7 +4405,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1543
+#: release-manual.xml:1555
msgid ""
"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput>."
@@ -4360,12 +4414,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1550
+#: release-manual.xml:1562
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr "Bruk av backports.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1552
+#: release-manual.xml:1564
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
"It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
@@ -4376,7 +4430,7 @@ msgstr ""
"enn du liker. Her er hvor backports.org kommer inn."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1554
+#: release-manual.xml:1566
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
@@ -4397,7 +4451,7 @@ msgstr ""
"org'>http://www.backports.org</ulink> for bruk av disse pakkene."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1558
+#: release-manual.xml:1570
msgid ""
"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
@@ -4411,7 +4465,7 @@ msgstr ""
"å kjøre disse kommandoene som root:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1564
+#: release-manual.xml:1576
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
@@ -4466,13 +4520,62 @@ msgstr ""
"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
"]]"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1605
+msgid "Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
+msgid ""
+"A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> is provided in "
+"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </computeroutput> package to \"break "
+"out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators "
+"responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel "
+"to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1611
+msgid ""
+"To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote "
+"host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys "
+"for the remote user used for and specify the login information in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1614
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should be "
+"similar to this:"
+msgstr ""
+"Nå kan du endre <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> slik "
+"at de inneholder disse linjene"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1616
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
+"RPORT=1234\n"
+"RUSER=backdoor\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1621
+msgid "XXX This need to be completed and tested."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1593 release-manual.xml:2136 release-manual.xml:2244
+#: release-manual.xml:1626 release-manual.xml:2149 release-manual.xml:2257
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr "Veiledninger fra wiki.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1595 release-manual.xml:2138 release-manual.xml:2246
+#: release-manual.xml:1628 release-manual.xml:2151 release-manual.xml:2259
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
@@ -4486,22 +4589,22 @@ msgstr ""
"utviklerorientert."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1623
+#: release-manual.xml:1656
msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
msgstr "Veiledninger for skrivebordet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1629
+#: release-manual.xml:1662
msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
msgstr "KDE Kiosk modus"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1631
+#: release-manual.xml:1664
msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
msgstr "To standardprofiler er inkludert:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1633
+#: release-manual.xml:1666
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
"of the students file group)"
@@ -4510,12 +4613,12 @@ msgstr ""
"av filgruppen students)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1635
+#: release-manual.xml:1668
msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
msgstr "tilpasset sett av ikoner kommer frem på elever sine skrivebord"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1636
+#: release-manual.xml:1669
msgid ""
"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
"kde panel"
@@ -4524,22 +4627,22 @@ msgstr ""
"panelet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1637
+#: release-manual.xml:1670
msgid "adept is not started"
msgstr "adept blir ikke startet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#: release-manual.xml:1671
msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
msgstr "sørger for at studenter ikke kan starte en annen kde-sesjon"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1639
+#: release-manual.xml:1672
msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
msgstr "hindrer muligheten for at studenter kan få root-tilgang"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1642
+#: release-manual.xml:1675
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
"user and members of the admins file group)"
@@ -4548,7 +4651,7 @@ msgstr ""
"medlemmer av filgruppen admins)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
+#: release-manual.xml:1677
msgid ""
"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
"easy access to all the administration programs"
@@ -4557,18 +4660,20 @@ msgstr ""
"tjener for å sørge for enkel tilgang til alle administrasjonsprogrammer."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1647
+#: release-manual.xml:1680
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
"be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
-"you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades."
+"you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades. "
+"[FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons]"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Kommentar:</emphasis> du kan tilpasse profilene ved "
"bruk av <computeroutput>kiosktool</computeroutput>. Men viss du ikke følger "
"stegene under så vil endringene dine blir overskrevet ved neste oppgradering."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1651
+#: release-manual.xml:1684
msgid ""
"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
@@ -4585,7 +4690,7 @@ msgstr ""
"og leter frem en ny mappe."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1655
+#: release-manual.xml:1688
msgid ""
"If you don't want to use kioskmode, disable it in <computeroutput>/etc/kderc "
"</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </"
@@ -4596,12 +4701,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1662
+#: release-manual.xml:1695
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr "Modifisere innloggingskjermen kdm"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1664
+#: release-manual.xml:1697
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -4612,7 +4717,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> som oppgir variabler som overstyrer standardvariablene."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1667
+#: release-manual.xml:1700
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
@@ -4621,7 +4726,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>-pakken:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1669
+#: release-manual.xml:1702
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -4633,7 +4738,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1673
+#: release-manual.xml:1706
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
@@ -4642,57 +4747,42 @@ msgstr ""
"informasjon om hvordan disse variablene blir brukt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1679
+#: release-manual.xml:1712
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1681
+#: release-manual.xml:1714
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
-"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. It "
-"requires a working Internet connection and will download the precompiled "
-"binary from Adobe."
+"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. You "
+"need to have non-free enabled in your sources list. It requires a working "
+"Internet connection and will download the precompiled binary from Adobe."
msgstr ""
"For å installere nettlsersinnstikket for Adobe Flash Player kan du "
"installere debianpakken <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree</"
"computeroutput>. Den krever en fungerende internettforbindelse og den vil "
"laste ned en forhåndskompilert binærfil fra Adobe."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1688
-msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch. "
-"This is expected to be fixed in the near future. [2007-11-30]"
-msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> versjon 9.0.31.0.1 av pakken fungerer ikke i Etch. "
-"Dette er forventet å bli fikset i nær fremtid. [2007-11-30]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1690
-msgid ""
-"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
-"work with both konqueror and firefox."
-msgstr ""
-"Et alternativ er å installere flashplayer-mozilla fra debian-multimedia. Det "
-"fungerer både med konqueror og firefox."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1719
+msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
+msgstr "Lyd med Flash på tynnklienter"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1692
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1721
msgid ""
-"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
-"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
-"nonfree/'>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/ "
-"</ulink> and install with dpkg -i <package-name> as root."
+"If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
+"(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
+"server. To do it, login as root in the server:"
msgstr ""
-"For å installere nyere versjoner av flash, så laster du ned den rette deb-"
-"pakken fra <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/"
-"flashplugin-nonfree/'>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/"
-"flashplugin-nonfree/</ulink> og installere den med dpkg -i <pakkenavn> "
-"som root."
+"Viss lyden ikke er bra å tynnklienter når man surfer på enkelte nettsider "
+"(som youtube.com), så kan det løses ved å installere en pakke på "
+"tynnklienttjeneren. For å gjøre det, så logg inn som root på tjeneren:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1699 release-manual.xml:1725 release-manual.xml:2221
+#: release-manual.xml:1727 release-manual.xml:2234
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -4704,75 +4794,8 @@ msgstr ""
"installert med <computeroutput>apt-get</computeroutput> er kryptografisk "
"signert for å sikre en tillitsti."
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1703
-msgid ""
-"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
-"webbrowser or with wget:"
-msgstr ""
-"For å installere flashplugin for i386-arkitekturen som root. Last ned ved "
-"hjelp av nettlesaren eller wget:"
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1704
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
-"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1707
-msgid "If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
-msgstr ""
-"Viss du tidligere har installert flashplayer-mozilla, så må du fjerne denne "
-"først:"
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1708
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
-"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1711
-msgid "Then install:"
-msgstr "Så installere:"
-
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1712
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
-"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1717
-msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
-msgstr "Lyd med Flash på tynnklienter"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1719
-msgid ""
-"If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
-"(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
-"server. To do it, login as root in the server:"
-msgstr ""
-"Viss lyden ikke er bra å tynnklienter når man surfer på enkelte nettsider "
-"(som youtube.com), så kan det løses ved å installere en pakke på "
-"tynnklienttjeneren. For å gjøre det, så logg inn som root på tjeneren:"
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1730
+#: release-manual.xml:1732
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget http://pulseaudio.vdbonline.net/libflashsupport/libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4782,12 +4805,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1733
+#: release-manual.xml:1735
msgid "Then:"
msgstr "Så:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1734
+#: release-manual.xml:1736
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4796,18 +4819,26 @@ msgstr ""
"dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
"]]"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1739
+msgid ""
+"To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
+"package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1741
+#: release-manual.xml:1745
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Andre nyttige programtillegg"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1743
-msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1747
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
msgstr "Etter å ha lagt til multimediaarkivet:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1744
+#: release-manual.xml:1748
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4817,23 +4848,41 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1750
+#: release-manual.xml:1754
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr "Avspilling av DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1752
+#: release-manual.xml:1756
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
+"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
-"you can use the packages from debian-multimedia.org."
+"you can use the packages from debian-multimedia.org. Add the multimedia "
+"repository and install multimedia and dvd libraries:"
msgstr ""
"libdvdcss trengs for å spille av de fleste kommersielle DVDer. Av juridiske "
"grunner er dette ikke inkludert i Debian (Edu). Viss du har lov til å bruke "
"dette, så kan du bruke pakker fra debian-multimedia.org."
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1757
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
+"]]"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1754
+#: release-manual.xml:1763
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
+msgstr "Etter å ha lagt til multimediaarkivet:"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1765
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
@@ -4842,7 +4891,7 @@ msgstr ""
"et nettarkiv, eller du kan legge til"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1755
+#: release-manual.xml:1766
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -4852,7 +4901,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1758
+#: release-manual.xml:1769
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
@@ -4860,33 +4909,18 @@ msgstr ""
"til sources.list-fila di. Så må du installere nøkkelpakken for multimedia "
"(debian-multimedia-keyring)."
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1760
-msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
-msgstr "Installere multimedia- og dvd-bibliotek"
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1761
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
-"]]"
-
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1768
+#: release-manual.xml:1775
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr "Veiledninger for nettverksklienter"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1774
+#: release-manual.xml:1781
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Tynnklienter vs halvtykke arbeidstasjoner"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1776
+#: release-manual.xml:1783
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -4899,17 +4933,17 @@ msgstr ""
"LtspDisklessWorkstation</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1782
+#: release-manual.xml:1789
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr "LTSP i detalj"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1786
+#: release-manual.xml:1793
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr "lts.conf"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1788
+#: release-manual.xml:1795
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -4924,7 +4958,7 @@ msgstr ""
"oppgi."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1792
+#: release-manual.xml:1799
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -4937,7 +4971,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1796
+#: release-manual.xml:1803
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
@@ -4946,7 +4980,7 @@ msgstr ""
"1280x1024, så legg til noe slikt som dette:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1799
+#: release-manual.xml:1806
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -4962,12 +4996,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1805
+#: release-manual.xml:1812
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr "et sted nedenfor standardinnstillingene."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1807
+#: release-manual.xml:1814
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
@@ -4976,7 +5010,7 @@ msgstr ""
"X på klienten (ved å trykke alt+ctrl+rettetast) eller restarte klienten."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1809
+#: release-manual.xml:1816
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -4989,12 +5023,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>-fila."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1816
+#: release-manual.xml:1823
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr "lastbalanserte LTSP-tjenere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#: release-manual.xml:1825
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -5013,7 +5047,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ssh-nøkkelen for hver enkelt tjener."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1827
+#: release-manual.xml:1834
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
@@ -5022,12 +5056,12 @@ msgstr ""
"+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1832
+#: release-manual.xml:1839
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr "Lyd med LTSP-klienter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1834
+#: release-manual.xml:1841
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -5040,22 +5074,22 @@ msgstr ""
"linjen:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1836
+#: release-manual.xml:1843
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1838
+#: release-manual.xml:1845
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr "legges til tjeneren i filen /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1844
+#: release-manual.xml:1851
msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1846
+#: release-manual.xml:1853
msgid ""
"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
@@ -5063,7 +5097,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1852
+#: release-manual.xml:1859
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
@@ -5074,110 +5108,110 @@ msgstr ""
"overvåkning av mennesker kan være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1859
+#: release-manual.xml:1866
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
"computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1862
+#: release-manual.xml:1869
msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1865
+#: release-manual.xml:1872
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" X -query ltspserverXX\n"
+"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1868
+#: release-manual.xml:1875
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1871
+#: release-manual.xml:1878
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
+"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1874
+#: release-manual.xml:1881
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1876
+#: release-manual.xml:1883
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1877
+#: release-manual.xml:1886
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" * # any host can get a login window\n"
+"* # any host can get a login window\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1880
+#: release-manual.xml:1889
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1886
+#: release-manual.xml:1895
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1887
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
+"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1890
+#: release-manual.xml:1901
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1891
+#: release-manual.xml:1904
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-" sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
+"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1894
+#: release-manual.xml:1907
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1899
+#: release-manual.xml:1912
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Koble windowsmaskiner til nettverket / integrering av windows"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1903
+#: release-manual.xml:1916
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr "Bli med i domenet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1905
+#: release-manual.xml:1918
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -5190,14 +5224,14 @@ msgstr ""
"autentisere brukere under innlogging."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1907
+#: release-manual.xml:1920
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr "For å melde windowsklienter inn i domenet må noen (få) steg utføres:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1909
+#: release-manual.xml:1922
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
@@ -5206,10 +5240,11 @@ msgstr ""
"eksisterer)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1911
+#: release-manual.xml:1924
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
-"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
+"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing, a user with that "
"membership needs to be added (for more information see <link to lwat "
"docu>). The user \"root\" will <emphasis role='strong'>not </emphasis> work, "
"because there is no password for root in Samba."
@@ -5221,12 +5256,12 @@ msgstr ""
"fungere, fordi det er ingen passord for root i Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1929
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Sette opp windowsklienten som en statisk vert"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1918
+#: release-manual.xml:1931
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -5247,32 +5282,34 @@ msgstr ""
"med i domenet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1922
+#: release-manual.xml:1935
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
-"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
+"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)."
msgstr ""
"3. Sørg for at nettverks og systemoppsettet på windowsklienten passer til "
"dataen som er lagret på tjener (vertsnavn og ip-oppsett)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1923
+#: release-manual.xml:1936
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
+"It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
"Det er veldig viktig at windowsklienten har de samme data ellers vil ikke "
"Samba finne klare å finne klienten som ble lagt til i steg 2."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1926
+#: release-manual.xml:1939
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
"4. Bli medlem av domenet som vanlig ved å bruke brukeren som ble lagt til i "
"steg 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1927
+#: release-manual.xml:1940
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -5295,7 +5332,7 @@ msgstr ""
"innloggingskjermen tilby å logge inn på domenet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930
+#: release-manual.xml:1943
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -5310,16 +5347,17 @@ msgstr ""
"filer på H:-stasjonen i staden for \"Egne filer\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1934
+#: release-manual.xml:1947
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr "Brukergrupper i Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1936
+#: release-manual.xml:1949
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
-"available in Windows eg for netlogon scripts or other group dependant "
+"available in Windows, eg for netlogon scripts or other group dependant "
"actions, you can add them using variations of the following command. Samba "
"will function without these groupmaps, but Windows machines won't be group "
"aware."
@@ -5332,7 +5370,7 @@ msgstr ""
"windowsmaskiner vil ikke være klar over grupper."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1940
+#: release-manual.xml:1953
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -5346,12 +5384,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1949
+#: release-manual.xml:1962
msgid "XP home"
msgstr "XP home"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1951
+#: release-manual.xml:1964
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -5364,19 +5402,20 @@ msgstr ""
"dukke opp i Nettverksnabolaget (eller hva det nå kalles)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1956
+#: release-manual.xml:1969
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr "Håndtere roaming-profiler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1958
+#: release-manual.xml:1971
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
-"desktop icons, screen colors, mouse settings, window size and position, "
-"application configurations and network and printer connections. Roaming "
-"profiles are available wherever the user logs on, provided the server is "
-"available."
+"desktop icons and menus, screen colors, mouse settings, window size and "
+"position, application configurations and network and printer connections. "
+"Roaming profiles are available wherever the user logs on, provided the "
+"server is available."
msgstr ""
"Roaming-profiler inneholder brukeres arbeidsmiljø. Noe som inkluderer "
"skrivebordselement og innstillinger. Noen eksempel på disse elementene er "
@@ -5386,14 +5425,15 @@ msgstr ""
"brukeren logger på, så lenge tjeneren er tilgjengelig."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1960
+#: release-manual.xml:1973
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
-"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
+"copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make windows "
"login/logout painfully slow. There can be many reasons for a large profile, "
"but the most common problems is that users save their files on the windows "
-"desktop or in my documents instead of in their homedir. Also some badly "
-"designed programs use the profile for scratch space, and other data."
+"desktop or in the My Documents folder instead of in their homedir. Also some "
+"badly designed programs use the profile for scratch space, and other data."
msgstr ""
"Siden profilen blir kopiert fra tjeneren til maskinen under innlogging og "
"kopiert tilbake ved utlogging, kan en stor profil gjøre innlogging og "
@@ -5404,12 +5444,13 @@ msgstr ""
"og andre data."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1962
+#: release-manual.xml:1975
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
-"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
-"not to store huge files on the desktop and if they fail to listen it's their "
-"own fault when login is slow."
+"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
+"deal with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. Tell "
+"them not to store huge files on the desktop and if they fail to listen it's "
+"their own fault when login is slow."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Den pedagogiske fremgangsmåten</emphasis> En måte å "
"håndtere for store profiler er å forklare problemet for brukerne. Fortelle "
@@ -5417,14 +5458,14 @@ msgstr ""
"etter, så er det deres egen feil at innlogging går tregt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1965
+#: release-manual.xml:1978
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
+"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
"parts to regular file storage. This moves the work load from the users to "
-"the administrator, while adding the complexity of the installation. There "
-"are atlest three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming "
-"profile."
+"the administrator, while adding complexity to the installation. There are at "
+"least three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming profile."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Justere profilen</emphasis> En annen fremgangsmåte "
"er å håndtere problemet ved å fjerner deler av profilen og omadressere til "
@@ -5434,27 +5475,31 @@ msgstr ""
"profilen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1970 release-manual.xml:2053
+#: release-manual.xml:1983 release-manual.xml:2066
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr "Bruk av maskinregler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1972
-msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
-msgstr "du kan redigere regler for maskiner og kopiere de til alle andre maskiner."
+#: release-manual.xml:1985
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
+msgstr ""
+"du kan redigere regler for maskiner og kopiere de til alle andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1973
-msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
+#: release-manual.xml:1986
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr "bruk en nyinstallert windowsmaskin og kjør gpedit.msc"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1975
+#: release-manual.xml:1988
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
+"Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
"semicolon separated string of directories to exclude from the profile, the "
-"directories are internationalize and must be written in your own language "
+"directories are internationalized and must be written in your own language "
"the way they are in the profile. Example of directories to exclude are"
msgstr ""
"under valget Brukerinnstillinger -> Administrative verktøy -> System -> "
@@ -5465,37 +5510,37 @@ msgstr ""
"ekskluderes er"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1976
+#: release-manual.xml:1989
msgid "log"
msgstr "log / logg"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1977
+#: release-manual.xml:1990
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr "Locale setting / Lokale innstillinger"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1978 release-manual.xml:1981
+#: release-manual.xml:1991 release-manual.xml:1994
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr "Temporary Internet Files / Midlertidige Internettfiler"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1979
+#: release-manual.xml:1992
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr "My Documents / Mine Dokumenter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
+#: release-manual.xml:1993
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr "Applications Data / Applikasjonsdata"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1984
+#: release-manual.xml:1997
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr "Lagre endringer, og forlat editoren."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1986
+#: release-manual.xml:1999
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
@@ -5504,7 +5549,7 @@ msgstr ""
"til alle andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1988
+#: release-manual.xml:2001
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
@@ -5513,19 +5558,20 @@ msgstr ""
"den ved nye installasjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996 release-manual.xml:2069 release-manual.xml:2094
+#: release-manual.xml:2009 release-manual.xml:2082 release-manual.xml:2107
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr "Bruk av globale regler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1998
+#: release-manual.xml:2011
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
"This would have the advantage of working almost instantly on all machines. "
"But is unfortunatly not as easy as it sounds. And you can quite easily lock "
"yourself out of your windows machines. If you have experience with this "
-"please elaborate here... FIXME"
+"please elaborate here..."
msgstr ""
"Ved å bruke windows sin regeleditor (poledit.exe) kan du lage en regelfil "
"(NTConfig.pol) og legge den i netlogon området på tjener. Dette har fordelen "
@@ -5535,12 +5581,12 @@ msgstr ""
"fint om du gir en beskrivelse på wikien...."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2003
+#: release-manual.xml:2016
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr "Redigere windowsregisteret"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2005
+#: release-manual.xml:2018
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
@@ -5549,12 +5595,12 @@ msgstr ""
"registernøkkelen til andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2006
+#: release-manual.xml:2019
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr "Start registereditoren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2008
+#: release-manual.xml:2021
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
@@ -5563,17 +5609,19 @@ msgstr ""
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2012
-msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
-msgstr "Bruk menyen <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
+#: release-manual.xml:2025
+msgid ""
+"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Bruk menyen <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2016
+#: release-manual.xml:2029
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr "Kall den <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2019
+#: release-manual.xml:2032
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
@@ -5582,7 +5630,7 @@ msgstr ""
"måte som maskinregler)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2022
+#: release-manual.xml:2035
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -5593,17 +5641,17 @@ msgstr ""
"den, eller legge den til et skript for å spre den til andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2024
+#: release-manual.xml:2037
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Kilder:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2047
+#: release-manual.xml:2060
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr "Omadressere til deler av profilen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2049
+#: release-manual.xml:2062
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5618,7 +5666,7 @@ msgstr ""
"til vanlige nettverkskataloger."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2055
+#: release-manual.xml:2068
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -5632,7 +5680,7 @@ msgstr ""
"eller Mine Dokumenter."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2057
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -5643,34 +5691,36 @@ msgstr ""
"ikke vil dette, så må du i tillegg også slå av følgende"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2059
-msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
+#: release-manual.xml:2072
+msgid ""
+"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr "Brukeroppsett -> Administrative Maler -> Nettverk -> Frakoblete filer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2062
+#: release-manual.xml:2075
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
-msgstr "Maskininnstillinger -> Administrative Maler -> Nettverk -> Frakoblete filer"
+msgstr ""
+"Maskininnstillinger -> Administrative Maler -> Nettverk -> Frakoblete filer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2071
+#: release-manual.xml:2084
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2077
+#: release-manual.xml:2090
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr "Unngå roaming-profiler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2081
+#: release-manual.xml:2094
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr "Bruk av lokale regler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2083
+#: release-manual.xml:2096
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5681,12 +5731,12 @@ msgstr ""
"dedikerte maskiner eller maskiner som har mindre bandbredde en vanlig."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2085
+#: release-manual.xml:2098
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr "Du kan bruke maskinreglermetoden beskrevet over, nøkkelen er i"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2087
+#: release-manual.xml:2100
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
@@ -5695,17 +5745,17 @@ msgstr ""
"profiler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2096
+#: release-manual.xml:2109
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2101
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr "endring av sambaoppsett"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2103
+#: release-manual.xml:2116
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5720,7 +5770,7 @@ msgstr ""
"starte samba på nytt."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2106
+#: release-manual.xml:2119
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5732,12 +5782,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2115
+#: release-manual.xml:2128
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr "Skrivebordstilkopling over nettverk med RDP, VNC, NX eller Citrix"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2117
+#: release-manual.xml:2130
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -5748,7 +5798,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Windows, Mac eller Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2119
+#: release-manual.xml:2132
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5757,7 +5807,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installere <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>-pakken."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2123
+#: release-manual.xml:2136
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5766,7 +5816,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Bare installer pakken <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2126
+#: release-manual.xml:2139
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5778,7 +5828,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sine elever siden 2005. De rapporterer at løsningen er stabil."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2128
+#: release-manual.xml:2141
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
@@ -5788,18 +5838,18 @@ msgstr ""
"Skolelinux."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2154
+#: release-manual.xml:2167
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr "Veiledninger for undervisning og læring"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2160
+#: release-manual.xml:2173
#, fuzzy
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr "moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2162
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
@@ -5808,7 +5858,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installere moodle."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2165
+#: release-manual.xml:2178
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -5819,12 +5869,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2167
+#: release-manual.xml:2180
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2169
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
@@ -5834,19 +5884,19 @@ msgstr ""
"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for mer informasjon."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2175
+#: release-manual.xml:2188
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr "Overvåkning av elever"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2177
+#: release-manual.xml:2190
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2179
+#: release-manual.xml:2192
msgid ""
"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
"index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
@@ -5854,12 +5904,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2182
+#: release-manual.xml:2195
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2185
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -5869,7 +5919,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2192
+#: release-manual.xml:2205
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
@@ -5879,19 +5929,19 @@ msgstr ""
"overvåkning av mennesker kan være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2198
+#: release-manual.xml:2211
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
+#: release-manual.xml:2213
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2206
+#: release-manual.xml:2219
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
@@ -5902,12 +5952,12 @@ msgstr ""
"overvåkning av mennesker kan være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2212
+#: release-manual.xml:2225
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2214
+#: release-manual.xml:2227
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -5915,7 +5965,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2226
+#: release-manual.xml:2239
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -5928,7 +5978,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2234
+#: release-manual.xml:2247
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -5937,7 +5987,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2249
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -5948,22 +5998,22 @@ msgstr ""
"interessant"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2258
+#: release-manual.xml:2271
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Bidra"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2262
+#: release-manual.xml:2275
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr "La oss vite at du er der"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2265
+#: release-manual.xml:2278
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2270
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -5975,7 +6025,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mye, og er der allerede et verdifullt bidrag. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2276
+#: release-manual.xml:2289
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -5992,12 +6042,12 @@ msgstr ""
"skjemaet</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2282
+#: release-manual.xml:2295
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Bidra lokalt"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2284
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -6008,7 +6058,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Nederland, Japan og andre plasser."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2286
+#: release-manual.xml:2299
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -6019,12 +6069,12 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>support</emphasis> er to sider av samme sak."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2293
+#: release-manual.xml:2306
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Bidra globalt"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2295
+#: release-manual.xml:2308
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
@@ -6033,7 +6083,7 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>ulike lag</ulink> som arbeider med ulike emner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2298
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -6046,7 +6096,7 @@ msgstr ""
"året fysiske møter på utviklersamlinger."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2301
+#: release-manual.xml:2314
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -6057,12 +6107,12 @@ msgstr ""
"debian-edu-commits'>e-postlisten for innmeldinger av bidrag</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "Dokumentasjonskrivere og oversettere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2309
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -6075,14 +6125,15 @@ msgstr ""
"kunnskapen din med oss."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2311
+#: release-manual.xml:2324
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
-"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
-"Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> and "
-"you can contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to edit the "
-"pages, you need to <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/"
-"UserPreferences'>create a wiki user </ulink> first."
+"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
+"Etch/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> and you "
+"can contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to edit the pages, "
+"you need to <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences'>create a "
+"wiki user </ulink> first."
msgstr ""
"Kilden for teksten er en wiki og kan redigeres med en enkel nettleser. Det "
"er bare å gå til <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/"
@@ -6092,7 +6143,7 @@ msgstr ""
"UserPreferences'>wikibruker</ulink> først."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2319
+#: release-manual.xml:2328
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -6104,40 +6155,23 @@ msgstr ""
"finne i <link linkend=\"Translations\">oversettelsekapittelet</link> for "
"denne boken. Vurder å hjelpe til med oversettingen av denne boken!"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2321
-msgid ""
-"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
-"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
-"wiki.skolelinux.no because the version of <ulink url='http://www.moinmoin."
-"org'>moinmoin </ulink> on wiki.debian.org does not support exporting the "
-"wiki as <computeroutput>docbook </computeroutput>. Once it is upgraded, we "
-"will move this document over."
-msgstr ""
-"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
-"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1</link> Vi "
-"bruker wiki.skolelinux.no fordi versjonen av <ulink url='http://www.moinmoin."
-"org'>moinmoin</ulink> på wiki.debian.org ikke støtter eksport av wiki som "
-"<computeroutput>docbook</computeroutput>. Så fort den blir oppgradert, vil "
-"vi flytte dette dokumentet dit."
-
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2334
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Støtte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2336
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Frivillighetsbasert støtte"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2340
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
msgid "in English"
msgstr "På engelsk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2346
+#: release-manual.xml:2348
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -6148,7 +6182,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2350
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -6158,12 +6192,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ikke forvent sanntidsupport, selv om det hender av og til.<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2361
+#: release-manual.xml:2363
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "På norsk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2363
+#: release-manual.xml:2365
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -6174,7 +6208,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2367
+#: release-manual.xml:2369
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -6187,17 +6221,18 @@ msgstr ""
"Norge (FRISK)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2370
+#: release-manual.xml:2372
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
-msgstr "#skolelinux på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal for support av norske brukere"
+msgstr ""
+"#skolelinux på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal for support av norske brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2376
+#: release-manual.xml:2378
msgid "in German"
msgstr "På Tysk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2378
+#: release-manual.xml:2380
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
@@ -6206,7 +6241,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2382
+#: release-manual.xml:2384
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
@@ -6215,17 +6250,18 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki med mange veiledninger osv."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2385
+#: release-manual.xml:2387
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
-msgstr "#skolelinux.de på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal for support av tyske brukere"
+msgstr ""
+"#skolelinux.de på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal for support av tyske brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2391
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid "in French"
msgstr "På fransk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2393
+#: release-manual.xml:2395
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
@@ -6234,12 +6270,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2401
+#: release-manual.xml:2403
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "På spansk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2403
+#: release-manual.xml:2405
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
@@ -6248,12 +6284,12 @@ msgstr ""
"spansk portal"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2412
+#: release-manual.xml:2414
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Profesjonell support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2414
+#: release-manual.xml:2416
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -6264,16 +6300,25 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2421
+#: release-manual.xml:2423
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Opphavsrett og forfattere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2423
+#: release-manual.xml:2425
+msgid ""
+"# copyright is not a verb, its a noun. someone holds the copyright on a work."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2427
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
-"Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin, Ralf Gesellensetter, "
-"Ronny Aasen, Morten Werner Forsbring and José L. Redrejo Rodríguezis "
+"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
+"Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz "
+"(2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), "
+"Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker "
+"(2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) and John Bildoy (2007) and is "
"released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
msgstr ""
"Dette dokumentet er skrevet av Holger Levsen, Petter Reinholdtsen, Daniel "
@@ -6282,7 +6327,7 @@ msgstr ""
"utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjon."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2425
+#: release-manual.xml:2429
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -6295,56 +6340,61 @@ msgstr ""
"GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2431
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Opphavsrett for oversettere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2433
+#: release-manual.xml:2437
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
-"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+"The spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
+"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
"Den spanske oversettelsen er gjort av José L. Redrejo Rodríguez med "
"opphavsrett 2007 og er utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2435
+#: release-manual.xml:2439
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
-"and Håvard Korsvoll and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen "
+"(2007) and Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008) and is released under the GPL2 or "
+"any later version."
msgstr ""
"Den norske bokmålsoversettelsen er gjort av Petter Reinholdtsen og Håvard "
"Korsvoll med opphavsrett 2007 og utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2437
+#: release-manual.xml:2441
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The german translation is copyrighted 2007, 2008 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
-"Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert, Jürgen Leibner, Ludger "
-"Sicking and Kai Hatje and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+"The german translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
+"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
+"2008), Jürgen Leibner (2007), Ludger Sicking (2008) and Kai Hatje (2008) and "
+"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
"Den tyske oversettelsen er gjort av Holger Levsen, Patrick Winnertz, Ralf "
"Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert og Jürgen Leibner med opphavsrett 2007 og "
"utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2439
+#: release-manual.xml:2443
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
-"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+"The italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
+"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
"Den italienske oversettelsen er gjort av Claudio Carboncini med opphavsrett "
"2007 og er utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2444
+#: release-manual.xml:2448
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Oversettelser av dette dokumentet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2446
+#: release-manual.xml:2450
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
@@ -6353,12 +6403,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Ufullstendige oversettelser for Norsk Bokmål, Spansk og Tysk eksisterer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2450
+#: release-manual.xml:2454
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Hvordan oversette dette dokumentet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2452
+#: release-manual.xml:2456
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -6372,7 +6422,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dette. Du må også lese dette viss du vil starte å oversette dette dokumentet."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2455
+#: release-manual.xml:2459
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -6388,7 +6438,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>]."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2459
+#: release-manual.xml:2463
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -6400,7 +6450,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> installert for at dette skal fungere):"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2463
+#: release-manual.xml:2467
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -6409,7 +6459,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2468
+#: release-manual.xml:2472
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -6422,7 +6472,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>kbabel</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2472
+#: release-manual.xml:2476
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
@@ -6431,7 +6481,7 @@ msgstr ""
"det) eller sender filen til e-postlisten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2474
+#: release-manual.xml:2478
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
@@ -6440,12 +6490,12 @@ msgstr ""
"inne i mappen <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2477
+#: release-manual.xml:2481
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2482
+#: release-manual.xml:2486
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -6456,23 +6506,23 @@ msgstr ""
"finnes noen ennå, og hvordan oppdatere oversettelser."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2484
+#: release-manual.xml:2488
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Meld i fra om eventuelle problemer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2490
+#: release-manual.xml:2494
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Vedlegg A - GNU Generell Offentlig Lisens"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2493
+#: release-manual.xml:2497
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2499
+#: release-manual.xml:2503
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -6485,7 +6535,7 @@ msgstr ""
"opphavsrett."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2502
+#: release-manual.xml:2506
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -6498,7 +6548,7 @@ msgstr ""
"eller (ditt valg) senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2504
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -6507,7 +6557,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2506
+#: release-manual.xml:2510
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -6515,17 +6565,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2511
+#: release-manual.xml:2515
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2513
+#: release-manual.xml:2517
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2515
+#: release-manual.xml:2519
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -6534,12 +6584,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2520
+#: release-manual.xml:2524
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2522
+#: release-manual.xml:2526
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -6553,7 +6603,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2525
+#: release-manual.xml:2529
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -6564,7 +6614,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2527
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -6576,14 +6626,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2530
+#: release-manual.xml:2534
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2532
+#: release-manual.xml:2536
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -6592,7 +6642,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2535
+#: release-manual.xml:2539
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -6600,7 +6650,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2538
+#: release-manual.xml:2542
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -6609,7 +6659,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2541
+#: release-manual.xml:2545
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -6624,7 +6674,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2546
+#: release-manual.xml:2550
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -6638,7 +6688,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2548
+#: release-manual.xml:2552
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -6647,7 +6697,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2550
+#: release-manual.xml:2554
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -6656,7 +6706,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2552
+#: release-manual.xml:2556
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -6665,7 +6715,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2555
+#: release-manual.xml:2559
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -6674,7 +6724,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2558
+#: release-manual.xml:2562
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -6685,7 +6735,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2561
+#: release-manual.xml:2565
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -6695,7 +6745,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2566
+#: release-manual.xml:2570
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -6709,7 +6759,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2568
+#: release-manual.xml:2572
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -6719,7 +6769,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2570
+#: release-manual.xml:2574
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -6731,7 +6781,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2573
+#: release-manual.xml:2577
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -6744,7 +6794,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2576
+#: release-manual.xml:2580
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -6756,7 +6806,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2579
+#: release-manual.xml:2583
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -6773,7 +6823,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2582
+#: release-manual.xml:2586
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -6781,7 +6831,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2584
+#: release-manual.xml:2588
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -6795,14 +6845,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2586
+#: release-manual.xml:2590
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2588
+#: release-manual.xml:2592
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -6814,7 +6864,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2591
+#: release-manual.xml:2595
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -6823,7 +6873,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2594
+#: release-manual.xml:2598
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -6835,7 +6885,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2596
+#: release-manual.xml:2600
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -6848,12 +6898,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2599
+#: release-manual.xml:2603
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2602
+#: release-manual.xml:2606
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -6867,7 +6917,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2605
+#: release-manual.xml:2609
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -6881,42 +6931,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2611
+#: release-manual.xml:2615
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2617
+#: release-manual.xml:2621
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr "Vedlegg B - om Debian Edu Live CD/DVDer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2621
+#: release-manual.xml:2625
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr "Egenskaper ved frittstående-disken"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2622
+#: release-manual.xml:2626
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr "Nesten alle pakker fra frittståendeprofilen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2623
+#: release-manual.xml:2627
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr "Alle pakker fra pakkesamlingen for bærbare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2624
+#: release-manual.xml:2628
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr "KDE skrivebordsprofilen for studenter/elever."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2629
+#: release-manual.xml:2633
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr "Aktiverer oversettelser og regional støtte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2631
+#: release-manual.xml:2635
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -6936,122 +6986,122 @@ msgstr ""
"over vanlig brukte lokalkoder:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2636
+#: release-manual.xml:2640
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Spåk (Region)</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2640
+#: release-manual.xml:2644
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Lokalkode</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2644
+#: release-manual.xml:2648
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Tastaturutlegg</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2649
+#: release-manual.xml:2653
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr "Norsk bokmål"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2652
+#: release-manual.xml:2656
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2655 release-manual.xml:2665
+#: release-manual.xml:2659 release-manual.xml:2669
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2659
+#: release-manual.xml:2663
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr "Norsk nynorsk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2662
+#: release-manual.xml:2666
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2669
+#: release-manual.xml:2673
msgid "German"
msgstr "Tysk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2672
+#: release-manual.xml:2676
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2675
+#: release-manual.xml:2679
msgid "de"
msgstr "de"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2679
+#: release-manual.xml:2683
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr "Fransk (Frankrike)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2682
+#: release-manual.xml:2686
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2685
+#: release-manual.xml:2689
msgid "fr"
msgstr "fr"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2689
+#: release-manual.xml:2693
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr "Gresk (Hellas)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2692
+#: release-manual.xml:2696
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2695
+#: release-manual.xml:2699
msgid "el"
msgstr "el"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2699
+#: release-manual.xml:2703
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japansk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2702
+#: release-manual.xml:2706
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2705
+#: release-manual.xml:2709
msgid "jp"
msgstr "jp"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2709
+#: release-manual.xml:2713
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr "Nordsamisk (Norge)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2712
+#: release-manual.xml:2716
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr "se_NO"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2715
+#: release-manual.xml:2719
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr "no(smi)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2722
+#: release-manual.xml:2726
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -7064,32 +7114,32 @@ msgstr ""
"tastaturutlegget finner man i /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2728
+#: release-manual.xml:2732
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr "Ting man må vite"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2729
+#: release-manual.xml:2733
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr "passordet for user er «user», root har ingen passord."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2735
+#: release-manual.xml:2739
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr "Kjente problem med CD/DVDen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2736
+#: release-manual.xml:2740
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr "ingen kjente ennå."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2742
+#: release-manual.xml:2746
msgid "Download"
msgstr "Last ned"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2744
+#: release-manual.xml:2748
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
@@ -7100,3 +7150,95 @@ msgstr ""
"no/cd-etch-live/'>HTTP</ulink> eller rsync fra ftp.skolelinux.org ved cd-"
"etch-live/"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in "
+#~ "Etch. This is expected to be fixed in the near future. [2007-11-30]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> versjon 9.0.31.0.1 av pakken fungerer ikke i Etch. "
+#~ "Dette er forventet å bli fikset i nær fremtid. [2007-11-30]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. "
+#~ "It work with both konqueror and firefox."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Et alternativ er å installere flashplayer-mozilla fra debian-multimedia. "
+#~ "Det fungerer både med konqueror og firefox."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from "
+#~ "<ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
+#~ "nonfree/'>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
+#~ "nonfree/ </ulink> and install with dpkg -i <package-name> as root."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "For å installere nyere versjoner av flash, så laster du ned den rette deb-"
+#~ "pakken fra <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/"
+#~ "flashplugin-nonfree/'>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/"
+#~ "flashplugin-nonfree/</ulink> og installere den med dpkg -i <pakkenavn> "
+#~ "som root."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
+#~ "webbrowser or with wget:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "For å installere flashplugin for i386-arkitekturen som root. Last ned ved "
+#~ "hjelp av nettlesaren eller wget:"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this "
+#~ "first:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Viss du tidligere har installert flashplayer-mozilla, så må du fjerne "
+#~ "denne først:"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "Then install:"
+#~ msgstr "Så installere:"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
+#~ msgstr "Installere multimedia- og dvd-bibliotek"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
+#~ "endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We "
+#~ "use wiki.skolelinux.no because the version of <ulink url='http://www."
+#~ "moinmoin.org'>moinmoin </ulink> on wiki.debian.org does not support "
+#~ "exporting the wiki as <computeroutput>docbook </computeroutput>. Once it "
+#~ "is upgraded, we will move this document over."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
+#~ "endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1</link> Vi "
+#~ "bruker wiki.skolelinux.no fordi versjonen av <ulink url='http://www."
+#~ "moinmoin.org'>moinmoin</ulink> på wiki.debian.org ikke støtter eksport av "
+#~ "wiki som <computeroutput>docbook</computeroutput>. Så fort den blir "
+#~ "oppgradert, vil vi flytte dette dokumentet dit."
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
index 334771c..07289af 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-15 10:12+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-27 20:52+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL at ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL at li.org>\n"
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2493
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2501
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr ""
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:8
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc "
-"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-15</computeroutput>."
+"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-27</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
@@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1471 release-manual.xml:2243 release-manual.xml:2278 release-manual.xml:2347
+#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1471 release-manual.xml:2249 release-manual.xml:2284 release-manual.xml:2353
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1254,7 +1254,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1888
+#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1890
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2144,7 +2144,7 @@ msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:921 release-manual.xml:954 release-manual.xml:990 release-manual.xml:1086 release-manual.xml:1724 release-manual.xml:1831 release-manual.xml:1856 release-manual.xml:1863 release-manual.xml:2196 release-manual.xml:2210 release-manual.xml:2225
+#: release-manual.xml:921 release-manual.xml:954 release-manual.xml:990 release-manual.xml:1086 release-manual.xml:1724 release-manual.xml:1831 release-manual.xml:1856 release-manual.xml:1863 release-manual.xml:2202 release-manual.xml:2216 release-manual.xml:2231
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3655,12 +3655,12 @@ msgid "XXX This need to be completed and tested."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1626 release-manual.xml:2143 release-manual.xml:2251
+#: release-manual.xml:1626 release-manual.xml:2149 release-manual.xml:2257
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1628 release-manual.xml:2145 release-manual.xml:2253
+#: release-manual.xml:1628 release-manual.xml:2151 release-manual.xml:2259
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ "
@@ -3825,7 +3825,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1727 release-manual.xml:2228
+#: release-manual.xml:1727 release-manual.xml:2234
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -4133,7 +4133,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1884
+#: release-manual.xml:1886
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -4141,19 +4141,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1887
+#: release-manual.xml:1889
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1893
+#: release-manual.xml:1895
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1894
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -4161,12 +4161,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1897
+#: release-manual.xml:1901
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1904
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -4174,22 +4174,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1901
+#: release-manual.xml:1907
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1906
+#: release-manual.xml:1912
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1910
+#: release-manual.xml:1916
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1912
+#: release-manual.xml:1918
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4198,36 +4198,36 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1914
+#: release-manual.xml:1920
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1922
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1918
+#: release-manual.xml:1924
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
-"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
+"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing, a user with that "
"membership needs to be added (for more information see <link to lwat "
"docu>). The user \"root\" will <emphasis role='strong'>not </emphasis> work, "
"because there is no password for root in Samba."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1923
+#: release-manual.xml:1929
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1925
+#: release-manual.xml:1931
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -4240,26 +4240,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1929
+#: release-manual.xml:1935
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
-"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
+"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930
+#: release-manual.xml:1936
msgid ""
-"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
+"It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1933
+#: release-manual.xml:1939
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1934
+#: release-manual.xml:1940
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4273,7 +4273,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1937
+#: release-manual.xml:1943
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and "
"logout. Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take "
@@ -4283,23 +4283,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1941
+#: release-manual.xml:1947
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1943
+#: release-manual.xml:1949
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
-"available in Windows eg for netlogon scripts or other group dependant "
+"available in Windows, eg for netlogon scripts or other group dependant "
"actions, you can add them using variations of the following command. Samba "
"will function without these groupmaps, but Windows machines won't be group "
"aware."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1947
+#: release-manual.xml:1953
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -4309,12 +4309,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1956
+#: release-manual.xml:1962
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1958
+#: release-manual.xml:1964
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to "
@@ -4323,180 +4323,180 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1963
+#: release-manual.xml:1969
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1965
+#: release-manual.xml:1971
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
-"desktop icons, screen colors, mouse settings, window size and position, "
-"application configurations and network and printer connections. Roaming "
-"profiles are available wherever the user logs on, provided the server is "
-"available."
+"desktop icons and menus, screen colors, mouse settings, window size and "
+"position, application configurations and network and printer "
+"connections. Roaming profiles are available wherever the user logs on, "
+"provided the server is available."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1967
+#: release-manual.xml:1973
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
-"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
+"copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make windows "
"login/logout painfully slow. There can be many reasons for a large profile, "
"but the most common problems is that users save their files on the windows "
-"desktop or in my documents instead of in their homedir. Also some badly "
-"designed programs use the profile for scratch space, and other data."
+"desktop or in the My Documents folder instead of in their homedir. Also some "
+"badly designed programs use the profile for scratch space, and other data."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1969
+#: release-manual.xml:1975
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
-"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
-"not to store huge files on the desktop and if they fail to listen it's their "
-"own fault when login is slow."
+"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
+"deal with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. Tell "
+"them not to store huge files on the desktop and if they fail to listen it's "
+"their own fault when login is slow."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1972
+#: release-manual.xml:1978
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
+"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
"parts to regular file storage. This moves the work load from the users to "
-"the administrator, while adding the complexity of the installation. There "
-"are atlest three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming "
+"the administrator, while adding complexity to the installation. There are at "
+"least three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming "
"profile."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1977 release-manual.xml:2060
+#: release-manual.xml:1983 release-manual.xml:2066
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1979
-msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
+#: release-manual.xml:1985
+msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
-msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
+#: release-manual.xml:1986
+msgid "Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1982
+#: release-manual.xml:1988
msgid ""
-"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
+"Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
"semicolon separated string of directories to exclude from the profile, the "
-"directories are internationalize and must be written in your own language "
+"directories are internationalized and must be written in your own language "
"the way they are in the profile. Example of directories to exclude are"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1983
+#: release-manual.xml:1989
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1984
+#: release-manual.xml:1990
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1985 release-manual.xml:1988
+#: release-manual.xml:1991 release-manual.xml:1994
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1986
+#: release-manual.xml:1992
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1987
+#: release-manual.xml:1993
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1991
+#: release-manual.xml:1997
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1993
+#: release-manual.xml:1999
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1995
+#: release-manual.xml:2001
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2003 release-manual.xml:2076 release-manual.xml:2101
+#: release-manual.xml:2009 release-manual.xml:2082 release-manual.xml:2107
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2005
+#: release-manual.xml:2011
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on "
"tjener. This would have the advantage of working almost instantly on all "
"machines. But is unfortunatly not as easy as it sounds. And you can quite "
"easily lock yourself out of your windows machines. If you have experience "
-"with this please elaborate here... FIXME"
+"with this please elaborate here..."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2010
+#: release-manual.xml:2016
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2012
+#: release-manual.xml:2018
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2013
+#: release-manual.xml:2019
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2015
+#: release-manual.xml:2021
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2019
+#: release-manual.xml:2025
msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2023
+#: release-manual.xml:2029
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2026
+#: release-manual.xml:2032
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2029
+#: release-manual.xml:2035
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -4504,17 +4504,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2031
+#: release-manual.xml:2037
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2054
+#: release-manual.xml:2060
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2056
+#: release-manual.xml:2062
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -4524,7 +4524,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2062
+#: release-manual.xml:2068
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using "
"gpedit.msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be "
@@ -4533,7 +4533,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2064
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -4541,34 +4541,34 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2066
+#: release-manual.xml:2072
msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2069
+#: release-manual.xml:2075
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2078
+#: release-manual.xml:2084
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2084
+#: release-manual.xml:2090
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2088
+#: release-manual.xml:2094
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2090
+#: release-manual.xml:2096
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual "
"machines. This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on "
@@ -4576,29 +4576,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2092
+#: release-manual.xml:2098
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2094
+#: release-manual.xml:2100
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2103
+#: release-manual.xml:2109
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2108
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2110
+#: release-manual.xml:2116
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -4608,7 +4608,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2113
+#: release-manual.xml:2119
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -4617,12 +4617,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2122
+#: release-manual.xml:2128
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2124
+#: release-manual.xml:2130
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -4630,14 +4630,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2126
+#: release-manual.xml:2132
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2130
+#: release-manual.xml:2136
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux "
"remotely. Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> "
@@ -4645,7 +4645,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2133
+#: release-manual.xml:2139
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -4654,31 +4654,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2135
+#: release-manual.xml:2141
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2161
+#: release-manual.xml:2167
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2167
+#: release-manual.xml:2173
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2169
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2172
+#: release-manual.xml:2178
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -4689,31 +4689,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2174
+#: release-manual.xml:2180
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2176
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
msgid ""
"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
"information on Moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2182
+#: release-manual.xml:2188
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184
+#: release-manual.xml:2190
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2192
msgid ""
"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink "
"url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page "
@@ -4721,12 +4721,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2189
+#: release-manual.xml:2195
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2192
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -4734,26 +4734,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2199
+#: release-manual.xml:2205
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2205
+#: release-manual.xml:2211
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2207
+#: release-manual.xml:2213
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet "
"access. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2213
+#: release-manual.xml:2219
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -4761,12 +4761,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2219
+#: release-manual.xml:2225
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2221
+#: release-manual.xml:2227
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -4774,7 +4774,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2233
+#: release-manual.xml:2239
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -4789,14 +4789,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2241
+#: release-manual.xml:2247
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2256
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep "
@@ -4804,22 +4804,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2265
+#: release-manual.xml:2271
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2269
+#: release-manual.xml:2275
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2272
+#: release-manual.xml:2278
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2277
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -4828,7 +4828,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: release-manual.xml:2289
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -4839,12 +4839,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2289
+#: release-manual.xml:2295
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2291
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -4852,7 +4852,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2293
+#: release-manual.xml:2299
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -4860,12 +4860,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2300
+#: release-manual.xml:2306
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2302
+#: release-manual.xml:2308
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> "
@@ -4873,7 +4873,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2305
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list "
"</ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we "
@@ -4882,7 +4882,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2308
+#: release-manual.xml:2314
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink "
@@ -4891,12 +4891,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2314
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2316
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -4905,7 +4905,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2318
+#: release-manual.xml:2324
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple "
"webbrowser. Just go to <ulink "
@@ -4917,7 +4917,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2322
+#: release-manual.xml:2328
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -4926,22 +4926,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2328
+#: release-manual.xml:2334
msgid "Support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2336
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
msgid "in English"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2342
+#: release-manual.xml:2348
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -4949,7 +4949,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2346
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -4957,12 +4957,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2357
+#: release-manual.xml:2363
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2359
+#: release-manual.xml:2365
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker "
@@ -4970,7 +4970,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2363
+#: release-manual.xml:2369
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen "
@@ -4979,17 +4979,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2372
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2372
+#: release-manual.xml:2378
msgid "in German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2374
+#: release-manual.xml:2380
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user "
@@ -4997,24 +4997,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2378
+#: release-manual.xml:2384
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2381
+#: release-manual.xml:2387
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2387
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid "in French"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2395
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french "
@@ -5022,24 +5022,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2397
+#: release-manual.xml:2403
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2399
+#: release-manual.xml:2405
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2408
+#: release-manual.xml:2414
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2410
+#: release-manual.xml:2416
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp "
@@ -5047,12 +5047,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2417
+#: release-manual.xml:2423
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2419
+#: release-manual.xml:2425
+msgid ""
+"# copyright is not a verb, its a noun. someone holds the copyright on a "
+"work."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2427
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
"Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz "
@@ -5063,7 +5070,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2421
+#: release-manual.xml:2429
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions "
@@ -5072,19 +5079,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2427
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2429
+#: release-manual.xml:2437
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2431
+#: release-manual.xml:2439
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"(2007) and Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008) and is released under the GPL2 or "
@@ -5092,7 +5099,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2433
+#: release-manual.xml:2441
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
@@ -5101,31 +5108,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2435
+#: release-manual.xml:2443
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2440
+#: release-manual.xml:2448
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2442
+#: release-manual.xml:2450
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2446
+#: release-manual.xml:2454
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2448
+#: release-manual.xml:2456
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read "
@@ -5135,7 +5142,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2451
+#: release-manual.xml:2459
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -5146,7 +5153,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2455
+#: release-manual.xml:2463
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -5155,7 +5162,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2459
+#: release-manual.xml:2467
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co "
"svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-edu-doc "
@@ -5163,7 +5170,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2464
+#: release-manual.xml:2472
msgid ""
"Then edit the "
"<computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual.$CC.po "
@@ -5173,26 +5180,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2468
+#: release-manual.xml:2476
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2470
+#: release-manual.xml:2478
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2473
+#: release-manual.xml:2481
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2478
+#: release-manual.xml:2486
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -5200,23 +5207,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2480
+#: release-manual.xml:2488
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2486
+#: release-manual.xml:2494
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2489
+#: release-manual.xml:2497
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2495
+#: release-manual.xml:2503
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink "
"url='mailto:holger at layer-acht.org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and "
@@ -5225,7 +5232,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#: release-manual.xml:2506
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -5234,7 +5241,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -5243,7 +5250,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2502
+#: release-manual.xml:2510
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -5251,17 +5258,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2507
+#: release-manual.xml:2515
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2509
+#: release-manual.xml:2517
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2511
+#: release-manual.xml:2519
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -5270,12 +5277,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2516
+#: release-manual.xml:2524
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2518
+#: release-manual.xml:2526
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -5289,7 +5296,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2521
+#: release-manual.xml:2529
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -5300,7 +5307,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -5312,14 +5319,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2526
+#: release-manual.xml:2534
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2528
+#: release-manual.xml:2536
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -5328,7 +5335,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2531
+#: release-manual.xml:2539
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -5336,7 +5343,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2534
+#: release-manual.xml:2542
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -5345,7 +5352,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2537
+#: release-manual.xml:2545
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -5360,7 +5367,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2542
+#: release-manual.xml:2550
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -5374,7 +5381,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2544
+#: release-manual.xml:2552
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -5383,7 +5390,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2546
+#: release-manual.xml:2554
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -5392,7 +5399,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2548
+#: release-manual.xml:2556
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -5401,7 +5408,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2551
+#: release-manual.xml:2559
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -5410,7 +5417,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2554
+#: release-manual.xml:2562
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -5421,7 +5428,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2557
+#: release-manual.xml:2565
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -5431,7 +5438,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2562
+#: release-manual.xml:2570
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -5445,7 +5452,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2564
+#: release-manual.xml:2572
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -5455,7 +5462,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2566
+#: release-manual.xml:2574
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -5467,7 +5474,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2569
+#: release-manual.xml:2577
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -5480,7 +5487,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2572
+#: release-manual.xml:2580
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -5492,7 +5499,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2575
+#: release-manual.xml:2583
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -5509,7 +5516,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2578
+#: release-manual.xml:2586
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -5517,7 +5524,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2580
+#: release-manual.xml:2588
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -5531,14 +5538,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2582
+#: release-manual.xml:2590
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2584
+#: release-manual.xml:2592
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -5550,7 +5557,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2587
+#: release-manual.xml:2595
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -5559,7 +5566,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2590
+#: release-manual.xml:2598
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -5571,7 +5578,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2592
+#: release-manual.xml:2600
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -5584,12 +5591,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2595
+#: release-manual.xml:2603
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2598
+#: release-manual.xml:2606
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -5603,7 +5610,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2601
+#: release-manual.xml:2609
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -5617,42 +5624,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2607
+#: release-manual.xml:2615
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2613
+#: release-manual.xml:2621
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2617
+#: release-manual.xml:2625
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2618
+#: release-manual.xml:2626
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2619
+#: release-manual.xml:2627
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2620
+#: release-manual.xml:2628
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2625
+#: release-manual.xml:2633
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2627
+#: release-manual.xml:2635
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using "
"<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where "
@@ -5665,122 +5672,122 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2632
+#: release-manual.xml:2640
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2636
+#: release-manual.xml:2644
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2640
+#: release-manual.xml:2648
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2645
+#: release-manual.xml:2653
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2648
+#: release-manual.xml:2656
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2651 release-manual.xml:2661
+#: release-manual.xml:2659 release-manual.xml:2669
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2655
+#: release-manual.xml:2663
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2658
+#: release-manual.xml:2666
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2665
+#: release-manual.xml:2673
msgid "German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2668
+#: release-manual.xml:2676
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2671
+#: release-manual.xml:2679
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2675
+#: release-manual.xml:2683
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2678
+#: release-manual.xml:2686
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2681
+#: release-manual.xml:2689
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2685
+#: release-manual.xml:2693
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2688
+#: release-manual.xml:2696
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2691
+#: release-manual.xml:2699
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2695
+#: release-manual.xml:2703
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2698
+#: release-manual.xml:2706
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2701
+#: release-manual.xml:2709
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2705
+#: release-manual.xml:2713
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2708
+#: release-manual.xml:2716
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2711
+#: release-manual.xml:2719
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2718
+#: release-manual.xml:2726
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in "
"<computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the "
@@ -5790,32 +5797,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2724
+#: release-manual.xml:2732
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2725
+#: release-manual.xml:2733
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2731
+#: release-manual.xml:2739
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2732
+#: release-manual.xml:2740
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2738
+#: release-manual.xml:2746
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2740
+#: release-manual.xml:2748
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink "
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
index 9079501..4bbde85 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
</emphasis>) release manual for the Debian Edu etch 3.0 release.
</para>
<para>This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc
-</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-15</computeroutput>.
+</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-02-27</computeroutput>.
</para>
<para>The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch
</ulink> is a wiki and updated frequently.
@@ -1798,7 +1798,7 @@ THEME="/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue"
</para>
<para>The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default]
</computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]
-</computeroutput>.
+</computeroutput>.
</para>
<para>Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add something like this:
</para>
@@ -1872,7 +1872,7 @@ X_VERTREFRESH = "59-62"
</para><screen><![CDATA[ X -query ltspserverXX
]]>
</screen>
-<para>If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:
+<para>If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:
</para>
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[ X -query 192.168.0.254
@@ -1881,6 +1881,8 @@ X_VERTREFRESH = "59-62"
<para>The goal is to let your "real" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration).
</para>
<para>If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess
+</para>
+<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[ * # any host can get a login window
]]>
</screen>
@@ -1890,11 +1892,15 @@ X_VERTREFRESH = "59-62"
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
</para>
-<para>Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:
+<para>Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:
+</para>
+<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[ sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true
]]>
</screen>
-<para>At the end please restart kdm by running:
+<para>At the end please restart kdm by running:
+</para>
+<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[ sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart
]]>
</screen>
@@ -1915,7 +1921,7 @@ X_VERTREFRESH = "59-62"
</para>
<para>1. Create a user with membership in the "admins" group (if not already existing)
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para>In order to be able to join the "SKOLELINUX" domain a member of the admins group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that membership needs to be added (for more information see <link to lwat docu>). The user "root" will <emphasis role='strong'>not
+<para>In order to be able to join the "SKOLELINUX" domain a member of the admins group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing, a user with that membership needs to be added (for more information see <link to lwat docu>). The user "root" will <emphasis role='strong'>not
</emphasis> work, because there is no password for root in Samba.
</para>
</listitem>
@@ -1926,8 +1932,8 @@ X_VERTREFRESH = "59-62"
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para>3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)
-</para><itemizedlist><listitem>It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise Samba will not find the host added in step 2.
+<para>3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration).
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise Samba will not find the host added in step 2.
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1.
@@ -1941,7 +1947,7 @@ X_VERTREFRESH = "59-62"
<title>User groups in Windows
</title>
<para>Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through <computeroutput>lwat
-</computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be available in Windows eg for netlogon scripts or other group dependant actions, you can add them using variations of the following command. Samba will function without these groupmaps, but Windows machines won't be group aware.
+</computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be available in Windows, eg for netlogon scripts or other group dependant actions, you can add them using variations of the following command. Samba will function without these groupmaps, but Windows machines won't be group aware.
</para>
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \
@@ -1962,24 +1968,24 @@ X_VERTREFRESH = "59-62"
<section>
<title>Managing roaming profiles
</title>
-<para>Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, desktop icons, screen colors, mouse settings, window size and position, application configurations and network and printer connections. Roaming profiles are available wherever the user logs on, provided the server is available.
+<para>Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, desktop icons and menus, screen colors, mouse settings, window size and position, application configurations and network and printer connections. Roaming profiles are available wherever the user logs on, provided the server is available.
</para>
-<para>Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows login/logout painfully slow. There can be many reasons for a large profile, but the most common problems is that users save their files on the windows desktop or in my documents instead of in their homedir. Also some badly designed programs use the profile for scratch space, and other data.
+<para>Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make windows login/logout painfully slow. There can be many reasons for a large profile, but the most common problems is that users save their files on the windows desktop or in the My Documents folder instead of in their homedir. Also some badly designed programs use the profile for scratch space, and other data.
</para>
<para><emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach
-</emphasis> One way to deal with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them not to store huge files on the desktop and if they fail to listen it's their own fault when login is slow.
+</emphasis>: One way to deal with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. Tell them not to store huge files on the desktop and if they fail to listen it's their own fault when login is slow.
</para>
<para><emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile
-</emphasis> A different way to deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other parts to regular file storage. This moves the work load from the users to the administrator, while adding the complexity of the installation. There are atlest three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming profile.
+</emphasis>: A different way to deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other parts to regular file storage. This moves the work load from the users to the administrator, while adding complexity to the installation. There are at least three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming profile.
</para>
<section>
<title>Using machine policies
</title>
-<para>you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers.
-</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc
+<para>Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers.
+</para><orderedlist numeration='arabic'><listitem>Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc
</listitem><listitem>
-<para>under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System -> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a semicolon separated string of directories to exclude from the profile, the directories are internationalize and must be written in your own language the way they are in the profile. Example of directories to exclude are
+<para>Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System -> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a semicolon separated string of directories to exclude from the profile, the directories are internationalized and must be written in your own language the way they are in the profile. Example of directories to exclude are
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>log
</listitem><listitem>Locale settings
</listitem><listitem>Temporary Internet Files
@@ -1991,8 +1997,8 @@ X_VERTREFRESH = "59-62"
</listitem><listitem>Save your changes, and exit the editor.
</listitem><listitem>
<para>Copy <computeroutput>c:\windows\system32\GroupPolicy
-</computeroutput> to all other windows machines.
-</para><itemizedlist><listitem>It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it included at install time.
+</computeroutput> to all other windows machines.
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it included at install time.
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
@@ -2002,7 +2008,7 @@ X_VERTREFRESH = "59-62"
<section>
<title>Using global policies
</title>
-<para>By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. This would have the advantage of working almost instantly on all machines. But is unfortunatly not as easy as it sounds. And you can quite easily lock yourself out of your windows machines. If you have experience with this please elaborate here... FIXME
+<para>By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. This would have the advantage of working almost instantly on all machines. But is unfortunatly not as easy as it sounds. And you can quite easily lock yourself out of your windows machines. If you have experience with this please elaborate here...
</para>
</section>
@@ -2026,9 +2032,9 @@ X_VERTREFRESH = "59-62"
</listitem><listitem>Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine policy)
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
-<para>Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double click it, or add it to a script to spread it to other machines.
+<para>Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double click it, or add it to a script to spread it to other machines.
</para>
-<para>Sources:
+<para>Sources:
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
<para><ulink url='http://technet2.microsoft.com/windowsserver/en/technologies/featured/gp/default.mspx'>http://technet2.microsoft.com/windowsserver/en/technologies/featured/gp/default.mspx
</ulink>
@@ -2053,7 +2059,7 @@ X_VERTREFRESH = "59-62"
<section>
<title>Redirecting parts of profile
</title>
-<para>Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things into my documents, when this is not saved in the profiles. Also you may want to redirect the directories some badly programed applications use to normal network shares.
+<para>Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things into my documents, when this is not saved in the profiles. Also you may want to redirect the directories some badly programed applications use to normal network shares.
</para>
<section>
@@ -2061,7 +2067,7 @@ X_VERTREFRESH = "59-62"
</title>
<para>Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit.msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available under User Configuration -> Windows Settings->Folder Redirection Things that can be nice to redirect are Desktop or My Documents.
</para>
-<para>One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do not want this, you should also disable that in following
+<para>One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do not want this, you should also disable that in following
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
<para>User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files
</para>
@@ -2089,9 +2095,9 @@ X_VERTREFRESH = "59-62"
</title>
<para>Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated machines, or machines that have lower then usual bandwith.
</para>
-<para>You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in
+<para>You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para>Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local profiles
+<para>Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local profiles
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -2121,7 +2127,7 @@ logon home = ""
<section>
<title>Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix
</title>
-<para>Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac or Linux.
+<para>Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac or Linux.
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>
<para>RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the <computeroutput>rdesktop
</computeroutput> package.
@@ -2130,10 +2136,10 @@ logon home = ""
<para>VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer
</computeroutput> package.
</para>
-</listitem><listitem>NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has provided NX support to all their students since 2005. They report that the solution is stable.
+</listitem><listitem>NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has provided NX support to all their students since 2005. They report that the solution is stable.
</listitem><listitem>
<para><ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA client HowTo
-</ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux.
+</ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -2416,6 +2422,8 @@ dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb
<section id="CopyRight">
<title>Copyright and authors
</title>
+<para># copyright is not a verb, its a noun. someone holds the copyright on a work.
+</para>
<para>This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008) Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) and John Bildoy (2007) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!
</para>
<para>If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions
hooks/post-receive
--
debian-edu-doc.git (Debian package debian-edu-doc)
This is an automated email from the git hooks/post-receive script. It was
generated because a ref change was pushed to the repository containing
the project "debian-edu-doc.git" (Debian package debian-edu-doc).
More information about the debian-edu-commits
mailing list